Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / CCL Industries Inc

CCL Industries Inc

ccl.b:ca · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ccl.b:ca
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · CCL Industries Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2020
ANNUAL
 R E P O R T

CCL Industries Inc.

CCL  

Avery

Innovia 

 Checkpoint 

Avery is the world’s largest supplier 
of labels, specialty converted 
media and software solutions 
for short-run digital printing 
applications for businesses and 
consumers available alongside 
complementary products sold 
through distributors, mass-market 
stores and e-commerce retailers.

Innovia is a leading global 
producer of specialty, high-
performance, multi-layer, 
surface engineered �ilms for 
label, packaging and security 
applications.

Checkpoint is a leading developer 
of RF and RFID-based technology 
systems for loss prevention 
and inventory management 
applications, including labeling 
and tagging solutions, for the retail 
and apparel industries worldwide.

CCL is the world’s largest 
converter of pressure sensitive 
and specialty extruded �ilm 
materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, functional 
and security applications for 
government institutions and large 
global customers in the consumer 
packaging, healthcare & chemicals, 
consumer electronic device and 
automotive markets. Extruded & 
laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, 
folded instructional lea�lets, 
precision decorated & die cut 
components, electronic displays, 
polymer banknote substrate and 
other complementary products 
and services are sold in parallel to 
speci�ic end-use markets.

22,200
Employees

191
Production Facilities

42
Countries

6
Continents

 NORTH AMERICA  REPRESENTS 

EUROPE  REPRESENTS

EMERGING MARKETS  REPRESENTS

42% of total  sales

32% of total  sales

26% of total  sales

CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  This  annual  report  contains  forward-looking  information  and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined  under  applicable  securities  laws 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “forward-looking statements”) that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by, but not limited to, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans” or similar 
expressions. Statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Company, other than statements of historical fact, are 
forward-looking statements. Specifically, this annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income and profitability of the Company’s segments; the 
Company’s improvement in market share; the Company’s capital spending levels and planned capital expenditures in 2021; the adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s targeted 
return on equity, improved return on total capital, adjusted earnings per share, Adjusted EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s eff ective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business 
strategy; the Company’s ability to maintain a Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio below 3.5 times; the Company’s expectations regarding general business and economic conditions; the Company’s 
Corporate Social Responsibility initiative to enhance the integration of social and environmental concerns into its business operations; the Company’s expectation to successfully divert waste from 
landfill; thus, reducing costs and having a positive sustainability impact for its customers; the Company’s announced new capacity addition in its proprietary “Ecofloat,” with start-up expected in 
early 2022; the impact the coronavirus will have on the global economy and the global supply chain; the Company’s success in passing on foreign exchange movements and input cost changes to 
its customer base; the Company’s success in quickly initiating actions to reduce variable costs if the economic environment weakens; CCL Label and CCL Design pursuit of new product initiatives, 
with capacity expansion plans in new and existing markets; CCL Secure’s success in developing market-leading security technology to pursue widespread long-term adoption of polymer banknotes; 
the Company’s expectation that Avery.com, WePrint™ and Kids Label businesses will backstop Avery’s direct-to-consumer platform; the Company’s expectation that Avery will have sustainable growth 
in its direct-to-consumer off ering, including incremental acquisitions; the Company’s expectation that there will be a more normalized back-to-school season in 2021, with a positive impact to Avery; 
Checkpoint’s capture of sales and profit growth from the evolving radio-frequency identification (“RFID”) market and possible complementary and tuck-in business acquisitions; the Company’s 
expectation that the Checkpoint operation will benefit from cost-saving initiatives and a return to in-store shopping by consumers; and Innovia’s success in passing on resin price increases to its 
customer base through contractual pricing mechanisms.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, 
the impact of competition; consumer confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit availability; technological 
change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could diff er materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of 
assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; increased customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a 
global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; 
the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved eff iciency and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; 
fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks materialize or should any 
assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report 
and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the eff ect that transactions or non-recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements 
are made may have on the business. Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other 
business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them; therefore, the financial impact cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing 
the specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this annual report and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new 
events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc. and its subsidiary companies and equity-accounted investments.

20 20 L ET T E R   TO   S H A R E H O L D E RS

Donald G. Lang

Executive Chairman

Geoff  rey T. Martin

President and 

Chief Executive Off icer

It  was  an  unforgettable  year,  testing  the  resilience  of  our 
Company,  proving  again  the  bene�it  of  portfolio  diversity 
in our products, geographies and end markets. After a soft 
second  half  to  2019,  we  believed  an  event  could  trigger 
a  global  2020  downturn  following  the  longest  period  of 
economic expansion since World War II, spanning an entire 
decade since 2009. 

But, none of us expected the first global health pandemic seen since the Spanish Flu in 1918! China began to shut down in January, 
shortly followed by the rest of the world as contagion took hold. The first five months of the year saw the greatest contraction in 
global GDP since the Great Depression of the 1930s. Governments may have failed forward, but their subsequent response, in 
economic terms was still massive, and in our view, entirely appropriate. During the dark months of February and March, optimism 
was not high that an economic recovery could be “V” shaped, but that is exactly what happened from June. First quarter results 
were essentially flat, second quarter sales fell 10% and earnings 14%, followed by a rebound, record third quarter and very strong 
fourth quarter… a roller coaster year. 2020 sales ended down only 1.5% to just under $5.25 billion. With so many work place and 
non-essential retail closures, it’s perhaps not surprising Avery and Checkpoint were the Segments most aff ected by the crisis, 
sales declining 14.2% and 12.2%, respectively. However, CCL Segment sales grew 1.7%, largely organically, while Innovia increased 
10.4%, all by acquisition. The Company benefited modestly from foreign exchange translation and the positive impact of bolt-on 
acquisitions. Adjusted net earnings* increased more than $50 million to $551 million, up 10.8%, while adjusted basic earnings per 
Class B share* improved from $2.79 in 2019 to $3.08 in 2020; foreign currency translation eff ects were nominal. Restructuring 
charges and other expenses were $27.6 million including an additional $8.6 million expense to conclude a long-running legacy 
legal matter at CCL Secure. The balance largely related to restructuring investments across the Company to match operational 
costs to pandemic related demand levels. We also reined in capital spending and tightly managed working capital, driving free 
cash flow* to a record $616 million, up $172 million over 2019.

CCL Segment

2020 sales increased 1.1% organically to $3.4 billion, the same growth rate as 2019, compared to 4.8% in 2018. Geographically, 
we delivered modest progress in North America and Asia, double-digit gains in Latin America (moderated heavily by currency 
devaluations), with Europe down slightly and more so in Australia and South Africa. Operating income* increased 11.8% while 
adjusted EBITDA* improved 9.6% to $784 million, a margin of 23.4% up 170 basis points compared to 2019.

2020 Annual Report

1

2 0 2 0   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Home & Personal Care sales were essentially flat at just over $1 billion: profitability improved as strong sales of labels for personal 
cleansers  offset  slower  markets  in  cosmetic  skin  care  and  products  associated  with  travel  or  distribution  at  specialty  retail, 
including hair salons. We made solid profit gains in labels and tubes across the Americas and Europe, but Asia was more impacted 
by the lockdowns in ASEAN countries and we had some share loss in China. We had a record year at our label joint venture in 
the Middle East. Our aluminum aerosol business also had a better year on improved volumes, especially in Mexico. Overall, our 
business followed the mixed fortunes of this industry, brands focused on cleansing did well, but more cosmetic, prestige or travel-
related products suffered, especially in the first half. It was a challenging year for our aluminum slug venture. In February, we had 
to take full control from our German partner who faced financial difficulties and ultimately bankruptcy. Rebuilding capacity at 
the operation on our own incurred unexpected fully consolidated losses. We hope the plant gets into positive adjusted EBITDA* 
territory in 2021. 

Healthcare & Specialty sales were boosted by the crisis ending 2020 up double digit, with the benefit of bolt-on acquisitions and 
modest positive currency translation. Profit performance was particularly strong in North America where we are more exposed to 
OTC medicines, vaccines and medical grade sanitizers. Lawn & Garden chemical markets also boomed in the crisis as consumers 
were forced to stay at home. Our international business, more focused on prescription drugs and agricultural chemicals, faced 
slower market growth but still posted gains overall. Global profitability increased significantly on higher sales, cost savings and 
favourable mix. We are excited about our entry into the pharmaceutical folding carton market with digital technology and our 
acquisition of Graphics West late in the year.

Food & Beverage posted a low single digit sales decline as customers’ volumes in ‘away from home’ channels, including products 
sold at travel retail, were deeply impacted by the crisis. Offsetting that, sales of Sleeves continued their recent growth trajectory 
and were especially strong in the United States and Latin America. Many of the brands we supply are associated with ‘at home’ 
consumption, booming in the pandemic. This included sales of household disinfectants and cleaning fluids, where we used our 
assets  in  this  space  to  support  Homecare  customers.  Sales  of  closure  labels  for  home  delivery  bags  at  fast  food  chains  were 
also strong. Our new plant in South Africa was closed by the government, along with our customers in the beer sector, for some 
months, reopening in the second half and profitable in the fourth quarter. Overall profitability was almost flat for the year despite 
the sales decline. Our joint venture in Russia posted record earnings on strong double digit organic sales growth. 

CCL Design sales to Electronics customers increased in the low teens, as demand for computers and IT peripherals for homeworking 
increased significantly during the pandemic. In addition, high demand for Gen 5 mobile devices and data storage hardware for 
cloud computing fueled already robust technology markets. Results were strong in all geographies, especially China, although 
notably  not  the  USMCA  region  as  some  customers  had  their  operations  temporarily  closed  by  government  order  in  Mexico. 
Profitability improved significantly and operating income margin* remains above the CCL Segment average. Automotive had a 
tough first and second quarter as customers closed assembly plants globally but rebounded in the second half with fourth quarter 
sales and profitability above prior year. Profitability dropped significantly for 2020 as sales fell low double digit on the first half 
performance. Sales to alkaline battery producers were up on pantry loading by consumers. Olympic Tapes reduced losses and 
made some progress with customer qualification approvals. Overall, profitability at CCL Design improved on 2019.

CCL Secure delivered a record year, with a significant increase in operating income margin* on solid sales growth. Results were 
strong across the board. In the United States, sales of passport components, security labels, ID cards and specialized government 
documents offset slower sales of stamps. Polymer currency operations had their best year under our ownership on new business 
wins, favorable mix, productivity gains and higher cash in circulation in many countries as a result of the pandemic. Quarterly and 
annual volatility based on large order timing and a long sales cycle remain notable characteristics of this business. 

Avery 

This  part  of  CCL  was  the  most  negatively  affected  by  the  pandemic  as  reported  sales  fell  by  $105  million.  After  a  solid  start 
in  January  and  February,  things  began  to  change  in  March  as  workplace  closures  hit,  attended  sports  and  music  events  and 
conferences and conventions completely stopped. Our name badge categories with pro-forma revenues of more than $100 million 
in 2019 (including the IDC and Identilam acquisitions, closed in the early days of the year)... fell by roughly two thirds and even 
higher in event related products. Pandemic education protocols in North America significantly impacted back-to-school demand, 
especially  for  binders  and  indexes,  on  top  of  lower  use  in  work  places;  sales  dropped  more  than  20%.  Printable  media  labels 
held up much better, especially internationally. Kids’ product lines increased on the Stuck-On-You acquisition in Australia, while 
direct-to-consumer label sales through Avery.com and other e-commerce sites boomed, aided by the InTouch acquisition, only in 
part fueled by the pandemic. Operating income* dropped $43 million to $113 million on sales of $634 million, a return on sales* 

2

2020 Annual Reportof 17.9%, down 330 basis points. We firmly expect to see recovery in this space as the world returns to normal and have seen 
gradual recovery since the low point in the second quarter. Despite the pandemic, Avery continues to deliver the highest return 
on capital* of any Segment in the Company.

Checkpoint 

The closure of non-essential retailing in many geographies deeply affected Checkpoint, especially in the second quarter when 
sales dropped by one third. For the year, sales fell $89 million or 12.2% to $635 million. However, since June we have seen solid 
sequential  recovery,  with  profitability  in  the  second  half  above  prior  year.  Apparel  labeling  results  were  hit  especially  hard  in 
the first half as industry supply began its slide in January in China but rebounded strongly in the second half to record levels 
of  profitability  for  the  year,  aided  by  a  small  acquisition  in  Spain  and  robust  performance  in  RFID.  Store  closures  and  retailer 
priority to pandemic safety measures restrained new hardware installs at the Merchandise Availability Solutions business, but 
higher margin label and tag consumable sales volume in essential retail was a significant offset, improving mix. In Europe, we had 
good success with our new occupancy/temperature monitoring hardware solutions, while China gained a large, chain wide RFID 
hardware order. The smaller Meto business, largely in Germany, recovered from second quarter lows to post a profit. Segment 
operating income* for the year fell $16 million to $80 million, a return on sales of 12.6%, down 70 basis points. Cost savings were 
a significant factor as we quickly adjusted operational capacity to market demand.

Innovia

Pandemic tailwinds for consumer staples drove a lively market for packaging films. Overall tonnage increased modestly organically, 
as  we  pruned  and  improved  mix  with  most  of  the  growth  coming  from  the  new  acquisition  in  Poland,  exceptionally  meeting 
our  investment  return  hurdle  rate  in  its  first  year.  Productivity  initiatives  in  the  large  supply  plants  in  the  U.K.  and  Mexico  paid 
great dividends as did much tighter management of the resin and raw materials supply chain. Resin was a tailwind in the first 
half but a headwind since the summer, especially in North America where prices doubled by January 2021 from July 2020 lows. 
Progress around commercial pricing policy and related controls will be tested in the year ahead. Currency effects for the year were 
immaterial. Sales increased 10.4% on the Flexpol acquisition to $615 million, with a 20.5% adjusted EBITDA* margin, compared 
to 15.2% in 2019 and 12.1% in 2018. Free cash flow from operations*, a 2020 highlight, tripled from 2019 levels, aided by much 
improved working capital performance. In the latter part of the year, we announced a $35 million investment to build a new films 
line to produce Ecofloat, a hybrid technology film facilitating easier separation of shrink sleeves from PET containers in recycling 
centres,  aiding  customers’  circular  bottle-to-bottle  sustainability  initiatives.  Capacity  comes  on  stream  in  Europe  in  2022,  with 
capital expenditures incurred in both 2020 and 2021. The vast majority of the output will be used internally at CCL Label.

Delivering to Shareholders 

Following our February 2021 Board meeting, we announced a 16.7% increase in the dividend, a meaningful premium to our 10.8% 
adjusted net earnings* growth. The annualized payout now stands at $0.84 per Class B share and $0.83 per Class A share, up 110% 
over the last five years. The Company has paid dividends without omission or reduction for more than three decades. Despite 
spending  $161  million  on  acquisitions  and  $266  million  on  capital  expenditures  (net  of  disposals),  the  Company’s  net  debt  to 
adjusted  EBITDA  ratio  ended  2020  comfortably  inside  investment-grade  territory  at  1.24  times,  down  0.37  turns.  Priorities  for 
2021 include returning Avery and Checkpoint to former glories, improving organic growth for the CCL Segment and Innovia and 
building capacity where needed, adding bolt-on transactions that meet our disciplined valuation metrics while paying down debt 
to build capacity for larger transactions in the future. Working capital performance remains top quartile. We plan to invest at least 
$330 million in 2021, compared to an expected $320 million depreciation and amortization expense, excluding right-of-use assets. 
With 97% of sales outside Canada, CCL continues to provide domestic shareholders considerable geographic risk diversification.

Diversity, Leadership and Governance

We are a global company. Less than 10,000 of more than 22,200 employees are of White Caucasian descent, with the balance 
of Latin, Asian (including the Indian subcontinent), African and other origins. For these reasons, our Company has long since 
affirmed  to  local  leadership  of  our  businesses  around  the  world.  It’s  not  only  the  right  thing  to  do  socially,  but  it  also  makes 
practical sense… only those born and bred fully understand the cultural nuances of doing business in their country. We are a 
highly  decentralized  Company  that  thinks  globally  but  really  does  act  locally…  191  operations  in  42  countries.  Our  top  global 
business leaders are required to have served their formative years in the engine rooms of our industry; we do not and will not hire 
outsiders to such roles. That is not the case with our small professional corporate team that continues its technically excellent, 
agile, highly responsive mantra, costing less than 1% of sales. 

3

2020 Annual Report2 0 2 0   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

65%  of  employees  are  men,  35%  women,  a  ratio  we  seek  to  improve,  although  that  will  take  time.  Change  starts  at  the  top.  In 
January, we announced the appointment of two new Directors to the Company’s Board: Ms. Linda Cash, former Vice President of 
Global Quality and New Model Launch at Ford Motor Company, and Dr. Susana Suarez-Gonzalez, Chief Human Resources, Diversity 
& Inclusion Officer of International Flavors & Fragrances Inc., a NYSE listed company that sells non-competing products to many 
of our customers. Both women bring deep global operating experience to our Board while adding diversity to the table. Our Board 
continues to represent all shareholders through good governance practice, while providing seasoned wise counsel to management.

At this year’s Annual General Meeting, we bid farewell to Mandy Shapansky, who is retiring after seven years of service to the 
Board.  Mandy’s  authentic,  direct  personality  and  great  humor  will  be  sorely  missed.  As  Chair  of  the  Board’s  Corporate  Social 
Responsibility Committee, she has overseen the Company’s move to measure sustainability throughout its operations and leaves 
behind a great legacy in this respect. 

Sustainability

In  December  2020,  we  published  our  first  annual  Sustainability  Report,  which  we  encourage  all  stakeholders  to  read.  It 
concludes an 18 month painstaking effort to track greenhouse gas emissions and other key environmental metrics from all our 
global operations, beginning our journey to a new future with a solid data foundation in compliance with recognized, auditable 
standards.  We  followed  the  practices  of  many  global  customers  in  the  consumer  goods  industry,  our  future  performance  is 
inexorably linked to theirs….. we simply cannot succeed should they fail. In our industry, the most important initiatives surround 
the idea of making primary packaging a circular economic activity, with products continuously recycled, dramatically reducing 
waste going to landfill. For that reason, our Company signed on to the New Plastics Economy Global Commitment led by the Ellen 
MacArthur Foundation, a charitable organization and global thought leader dedicated to accelerating the transition to a circular 
economy.  We  will  be  updating  our  sustainability  progress  annually,  with  the  report  for  2020  due  in  the  summer  of  2021,  and 
annually thereafter at the AGM. The world cannot continue to grow economically by consumption of virgin planetary resources 
alone. We will do our part alongside our customers. 

2021 Outlook 

We enter the year with many uncertainties remaining over when and how this pandemic will finally end, but end it surely will. 
During  this  once-in-a-generation  event,  we  strengthened  the  Company  significantly….the  best  decisions  are  often  made  in 
times of crisis and better investment opportunities sometimes uniquely arise. We will take advantage of those around the world: 
organically and by acquisition, without drifting from the industry we know, as the best use of the Company’s excess free cash flow. 
We are confident about the year ahead, and especially the first half where comparisons are on our side.

We close by taking this opportunity to acknowledge the stunning agility, courage and utter dependability of our people throughout 
this  crisis.  Tirelessly  supporting  customers,  often  in  very  difficult  circumstances,  while  staying  safe,  considering  colleagues  and 
unquestionably delivering for shareholders; without them we are nothing. To our customer and supplier partners, we know it has 
been a challenging year for some of you, but we remain loyal to all those invested in our past success and wish you a successful 2021.

Donald G. Lang 
Executive Chairman 

Geoffrey T. Martin 
President and Chief Executive Officer

*  Non-IFRS measures; see Section 5A of CCL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for more detail.

4

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and ratio data)

Sales 

Adjusted EBITDA* 

% of sales 

Restructuring and other items 

Net earnings  

% of sales  

Basic earnings per Class B share
Net earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
Dividends  

As at December 31

Total assets 
Net debt* 
Total equity 
Net debt to EBITDA* 
Return on equity (before other expenses)*   
Number of employees (approximately) 

* 

 A non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
 $ 

2020 

5,242.3 

1,123.2 

21.4% 

27.6 

529.7 

10.1% 

2.96 
2.94 
3.08 
0.72 

7,336.7 
1,390.9 
3,282.2 
1.24 
17.8% 

22,200 

2019  

5,321.3  

1,067.2 

20.1% 

25.0 

477.1 

9.0% 

2.68 
2.66 
2.79 
0.68 

7,038.0 
1,716.2  
2,897.7  
1.61 
17.8% 

21,400 

% 

(1.5%)

5.2% 

11.0%

10.4%
10.5%
10.4%
5.9%

4.2%
(19.0%) 
13.3%

3.7%

5

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of CCL Industries 
Inc. (“the Company”) relates to the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. In preparing this MD&A, the Company has taken 
into account information available until February 24, 2021, unless otherwise noted. This MD&A should be read in conjunction 
with the Company’s December 31, 2020, annual consolidated financial statements, which form part of the CCL Industries 
Inc. 2020 Annual Report dated February 24, 2021. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and, unless otherwise noted, both the financial statements and this 
MD&A are expressed in Canadian dollars as the presentation currency. The major measurement currencies of the Company’s 
operations  are  the  Canadian  dollar,  U.S.  dollar,  euro,  Argentine  peso,  Australian  dollar,  Bangladeshi  taka,  Brazilian  real, 
Chilean peso, Chinese renminbi, Danish krone, Hong Kong dollar, Hungarian forint, Indian rupee, Israeli shekel, Japanese yen, 
Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, New Zealand dollar, Philippine peso, Polish zloty, Russian ruble, Singaporean dollar, South 
African rand, South Korean won, Swiss franc, Thai baht, Turkish lira, U.K. pound sterling and Vietnamese dong. All per Class B 
non-voting share (“Class B share”) amounts in this document are expressed on an undiluted basis, unless otherwise indicated. 
The Company’s Audit Committee and its Board of Directors (the “Board”) have reviewed this MD&A to ensure consistency 
with the approved strategy and results of the business.

I N D E X

1.  Corporate Overview

8 
8  A)  The Company 
8  B)  Coronavirus (“CV19”) Pandemic
8  C)  Customers and Markets 
9  D)  Strategy and Financial Targets
11  E)   Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions 
12  F)   Subsequent Events
13  G)   Consolidated Annual Financial Results 
15  H)   Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results 

18  2.  Business Segment Review
18  A)  General 
20  B)  CCL Segment
22  C)  Avery Segment 
23  D)  Checkpoint Segment
24  E)  Innovia Segment 
25  F)  Joint Ventures

26  3.  Financing and Risk Management
26  A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources 
27  B)  Cash Flow 
28  C)   Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management  

and Other Hedges

28  D)   Equity and Dividends
29  E)   Commitments and Other Contractual  Obligations
30  F)  Controls and Procedures

30  4.  Risks and Uncertainties

40  5.  Accounting Policies and Non-IFRS Measures
40  A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures 
44  B)   Accounting Policies and New Standards
44  C)  Critical Accounting Estimates 
45  D)  Related Party Transactions

46  6.  Outlook

6

F O R WA R D - L O O K I N G   I N F O R M AT I O N

This MD&A contains forward-looking information 
and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined 
under  applicable  securities  laws  (hereinafter 
collectively  referred  to  as  “forward-looking 
statements”)  that  involve  a  number  of  risks  and 
uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include 
all  statements  that  are  predictive  in  nature  or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-
looking statements are typically identified by, but 
not  limited  to,  the  words  “believes,”  “expects,” 
“anticipates,”  “estimates,”  “intends,”  “plans”  or 
similar  expressions.  Statements  regarding  the 
operations, business, financial condition, priorities, 
ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the 
Company,  other  than  statements  of  historical 
fact, are forward-looking statements. Specifically, 
this  MD&A  contains  forward-looking  statements 
regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income 
and profitability of the Company’s segments; the 
Company’s  improvement  in  market  share;  the 
Company’s capital spending levels and planned 
capital  expenditures  in  2021;  the  adequacy  of 
the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s 
targeted return on equity, improved return on total 
capital,  adjusted  earnings  per  share,  Adjusted 
EBITDA  growth  rates  and  dividend  payout;  the 
Company’s  effective  tax  rate;  the  Company’s 
ongoing  business  strategy;  the  Company’s 
ability  to  maintain  a  Net  Debt  to  Adjusted 
EBITDA  ratio  below  3.5  times;  the  Company’s 
expectations  regarding  general  business  and 
economic conditions; the Company’s Corporate 
Social  Responsibility  initiative  to  enhance  the 
integration of social and environmental concerns 
into  its  business  operations;  the  Company’s 
expectation  to  successfully  divert  waste  from 
landfill; thus, reducing costs and having a positive 
sustainability  impact  for  its  customers;  the 
Company’s announced new capacity addition in 
its proprietary “Ecofloat,” with start-up expected 
in  early  2022;  the  impact  the  coronavirus  will 
have  on  the  global  economy  and  the  global 
supply chain; the Company’s success in passing 
on foreign exchange movements and input cost 

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
changes to its customer base; the Company’s success in quickly initiating actions to reduce variable costs if the economic 
environment weakens; CCL Label and CCL Design pursuit of new product initiatives, with capacity expansion plans in new and 
existing markets; CCL Secure’s success in developing market-leading security technology to pursue widespread long-term 
adoption of polymer banknotes; the Company’s expectation that Avery.com, WePrint™ and Kids Label businesses will backstop 
Avery’s direct-to-consumer platform; the Company’s expectation that Avery will have sustainable growth in its direct-to-
consumer offering, including incremental acquisitions; the Company’s expectation that there will be a more normalized 
back-to-school season in 2021, with a positive impact to Avery; Checkpoint’s capture of sales and profit growth from the 
evolving  radio-frequency  identification  (“RFID”)  market  and  possible  complementary  and  tuck-in  business  acquisitions; 
the Company’s expectation that the Checkpoint operation will benefit from cost-saving initiatives and a return to in-store 
shopping by consumers; and Innovia’s success in passing on resin price increases to its customer base through contractual 
pricing mechanisms.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties 
relating to future events and conditions, including, but not limited to, the impact of competition; consumer confidence and 
spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit 
availability; technological change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; 
and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements as 
the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited 
to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; increased customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s 
ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused 
strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate 
acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability 
to pass on polypropylene resin cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency 
exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. 
Should one or more risks materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially 
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this 
report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring 
or other special items announced or occurring after the statements are made may have on the business. Such statements do 
not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, 
acquisitions, other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after 
forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-recurring and other special items 
can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them; therefore, the financial impact cannot be described in 
a meaningful way in advance of knowing the specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this MD&A and the Company does not assume any obligation 
to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc. and its subsidiary companies 
and equity-accounted investments. 

Additional information relating to the Company, including the Company’s Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR at 
www.sedar.com or on the Company’s website www.cclind.com. 

7

2020 Annual Report 
1 .   C O R P O R AT E   OV E RV I E W

A)  The Company

Founded  in  1951,  and  publicly  listed  under  its  current  name  since  1980,  the  Company’s  corporate  offices  are  located  in 
Toronto, Ontario, Canada, and Framingham, Massachusetts, United States, with a regional centre for Asia Pacific in Singapore. 
The corporate offices provide executive and centralized services such as finance, accounting, internal audit, treasury, risk 
management,  legal,  tax,  human  resources,  information  technology,  environmental,  health  and  safety  and  oversight  of 
operations. The Company employs approximately 22,200 people in 191 production facilities located in North America, Latin 
America, Europe, Australia, Africa and Asia including equity investments operating five facilities in Russia and five facilities 
in the Middle East.

The CCL Segment is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers in 
consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded and 
labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, specialty folded cartons, precision 
decorated and die cut components, electronic displays, polymer banknote substrate and other complementary products and 
services are sold in parallel to specific end-use markets. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted 
media and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary products 
sold through distributors, mass-market stores and e-commerce retailers. Checkpoint is a leading developer of RF and RFID-
based  technology  systems  for  loss  prevention  and  inventory  management  applications,  including  labeling  and  tagging 
solutions, for the retail and apparel industries worldwide. Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty, high-performance, 
multi-layer, surface-engineered films for label, packaging and security applications. The Company partly backward integrates 
into  materials  science,  with  capabilities  in  polymer  extrusion,  adhesive  development,  coating  and  lamination,  surface 
engineering and metallurgy deployed as needed across the four business segments. 

B)  Coronavirus (“CV19”) Pandemic

2020 was an unprecedented year, with extensive civil and economic shocks from the CV19 pandemic taking hold in the first 
quarter and having its greatest effect in the second quarter. Globally, governments reacted by imposing civil restrictions of 
differing magnitudes to mitigate the contagion. The impact drastically impacted parts of the global economy with automotive 
manufacturing shutdowns; and temporary retail store, restaurant and office closures, partly offset by the benefits of consumer 
pantry  loading  and  commodity  price  fluctuations.  CCL  reacted  quickly,  introducing  new  safety  policies  for  employees, 
suppliers and customers, investing in personal protective equipment, availing itself of government subsidies where available, 
and initiating restructuring plans to match business costs to customer activity levels. Temporary company-wide savings 
from furloughed and short-time working employees and other government assistance programs amounted to $10.1 million 
and $20.0 million, respectively. Early in the second quarter of 2020, the Company further strengthened its liquidity position 
with a US$600.0 million 10-year investment grade note offering, freeing up its entire US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility 
to ensure that it could withstand any foreseeable scenario. Fortunately, all of the Company’s facilities were deemed essential 
manufacturing so that government-imposed closures in certain international locations were only temporary and no facility 
was an incubator for the virus. The Company maintained its acquisition growth strategy with four strategic targets added after 
the onset of the pandemic. Despite a strong second half recovery, consolidated organic sales growth was down for the year; 
however, profitability was up and the Company posted record adjusted earnings per share and free cash flow for the year, 
proving the financial resiliency of the Company and the dedication of its people to all stakeholders.

C)  Customers and Markets

The state of the global economy and geopolitical events can affect consumer demand and customers’ marketing and sales 
strategies to promote growth, including the introduction of new products. These factors directly influence the demand for 
the Company’s products. Growth expectations generally mirror the trends of each of the markets and product lines in which 
the Company’s customers compete and the growth of the economy in each geographic region. The Company attempts to 
gain market share in each market and category over time.

The label market is large and highly fragmented, with many players but with no single competitor having the substantial 
operating breadth or global reach of the Company. Avery has a dominant market-leading position for its products in North 
America, Europe and Australia. It also has a small presence in Latin America. Checkpoint has significant market positions in 
Europe, North America and Asia with smaller operations in Latin America. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers and apparel 
manufacturers and competes with other global retail labeling companies. Innovia operates plants in Europe, Mexico and 
Australia and has additional distribution capabilities in the United States and Asia that sell films to pressure sensitive label 
materials producers and converters, flexible packaging converters, consumer packaged goods companies and the security 
products industry. 

8

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)D)  Strategy and Financial Targets

The Company’s strategy is to increase shareholder value through investment in organic growth and product innovations 
around the world, augmented by a global acquisition strategy. The Company builds on the strength of its people in marketing, 
manufacturing  and  product  development  and  nurtures  strong  relationships  with  its  international,  national  and  regional 
customers and suppliers. The Company anticipates increasing its market share in most product categories by capitalizing 
on market insights and the growth of its customers, and by following developments such as globalization, new product 
innovation, branding and consumer trends.

A key attribute of this strategy is maintaining focus and discipline. The CCL Segment aspires to be the market leader and the 
highest value-added producer in each customer sector and region in which it chooses to compete. The primary objective 
is to invest in growth globally, both organically and by acquisition. Avery objectives align to its core competencies in label 
solutions centered on specialty converted media that enable short-run digital printing in homes and small businesses and 
increasingly using the direct-to-consumer channel, both organically and by acquisition. Checkpoint focuses on technology-
driven loss-prevention and inventory-management labeling for the retail and apparel industries. Innovia is a leading global 
producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene (“BOPP”) films for 
label, packaging and security applications. Innovia also provides significant depth and capability to develop proprietary films 
for label applications.

The Company’s financial strategy is to be fiscally prudent and conservative. The 2020 financial results delivered strong cash 
flow and a solid balance sheet after investing $161.4 million in acquisitions and $266.6 million in net capital expenditures 
to execute global growth initiatives. During good and difficult economic times, such as the CV19 pandemic, the Company 
has maintained high levels of cash on hand and unused lines of credit to reduce its financial risk and to provide flexibility 
when acquisition opportunities are available. As at December 31, 2020, the Company had $703.7 million of cash on hand and 
approximately US$1.2 billion of undrawn capacity on the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility.

The Company maintains a continuous focus on minimizing its investment in working capital to maximize cash flow in support 
of growth in the business. In addition, capital expenditures are targeted at the most attractive growth opportunities and are 
expected to be accretive to earnings. The Company’s financial discipline and prudent allocation of capital have ensured 
sufficient available liquidity and a secure financial foundation for the long-term future.

A key financial target is return on equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, 
gains  on  business  dispositions  and  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments  (“ROE,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The Company continues to execute its strategy with a goal 
of achieving a comparable ROE level to its leading peers in specialty packaging. 2020 ROE of 17.8%, although still strong, 
was flat to 2019 due to a solid increase in adjusted net earnings; albeit, certain Segments of the Company were negatively 
impacted by the CV19 pandemic compared to substantial increases in the Company’s equity base, largely from retained 
earnings over the last five years: 

Return on Equity 

2020 

17.8% 

2019 

17.8% 

2018 

20.0% 

2017 

24.0% 

2016 

23.5% 

2015

21.1%

Another metric used by the investment  community as a comparative measure is return on total capital before goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition 
accounting adjustments (“ROTC,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 
5A). The chart below details performance since 2015. The Company targets delivering returns in excess of its cost of capital. 
ROTC of 11.9% for 2020 improved compared to 2019 due to the solid increase in adjusted net earnings for 2020, partially offset 
by the increase in capital deployed for acquisitions and net capital expenditures compared to 2019: 

Return on Total Capital  

2020 

11.9% 

2019 

10.8% 

2018 

11.3% 

2017 

14.0% 

2016 

15.9% 

2015

15.4%

ROTC should increase as the Company deleverages its balance sheet and increases net earnings as the negative effect from 
the global CV19 pandemic on the Avery and Checkpoint Segments diminishes. 

The long-term growth rate of adjusted basic earnings per Class B share (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators 
and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) is another important financial target. This measure excludes goodwill impairment 
loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments. Management believes that, by taking into account both the relatively stable overall demand for consumer 
staple and healthcare products globally and the continuing benefits from the Company’s focused strategies and operational 
approach, a positive growth rate in adjusted basic earnings per share is realistic under reasonable economic circumstances.

9

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has achieved significant growth in its annual adjusted basic and basic earnings per share since 2015:

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015

Adjusted Basic EPS  
  Growth Rate 

Basic EPS Growth Rate   

10.4% 

10.4% 

2.2% 

1.5% 

1.5% 

(2.2%) 

17.9% 

36.4% 

32.5% 

16.5% 

31.9%

34.7%

In 2020, adjusted basic earnings increased by 10.4% to $3.08 per Class B share. Improved profitability from the CCL and 
Innovia Segments and slightly reduced corporate costs, including net interest expense, offset reduced earnings for the Avery 
and Checkpoint Segments. The Company believes continuing growth in earnings per share is achievable in the future as the 
negative earnings impact of the global CV19 pandemic wanes and the Company executes its global business strategies for 
the CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments. 

The Company will continue to focus on generating cash and effectively utilizing the cash flow generated by operations and 
divestitures. Earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill impairment loss, 
earnings  in  equity-accounted  investments,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments,  restructuring  and  other  items 
(“Adjusted EBITDA,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A), is considered 
a good indicator of cash flow and is used by many financial institutions and investment advisors to measure operating results 
and for business valuations. As a key indicator of cash flow, Adjusted EBITDA demonstrates the Company’s ability to incur or 
service existing debt, to invest in capital additions and to take advantage of organic growth opportunities and acquisitions that 
are accretive to earnings per share. Historically, the Company has experienced growth in Adjusted EBITDA:

Adjusted EBITDA   

$  1,123.2 

$  1,067.2 

$  995.3 

$ 

959.2 

$ 

792.7 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015

$ 608.4

% of sales 

21% 

20% 

19% 

20% 

20% 

20%

In 2020, Adjusted EBITDA increased by approximately 5.0% from 2019, excluding the impact of 0.2% positive foreign currency 
translation, improving to 21% of sales. The Company’s Adjusted EBITDA margins remain at the top end of the range of its 
peers. The Company expects growth in Adjusted EBITDA in the future as the world normalizes subsequent to the effects CV19 
pandemic and the Company implements its global growth initiatives.

The framework supporting the above performance indicators is an appropriate level of financial leverage. Based on the 
dynamics within the specialty packaging industry and the risks that higher leverage may bring, the Company has a comfort 
level up to a target of approximately 3.5 times net debt to Adjusted EBITDA with an appropriate deleveraging and liquidity 
profile to maintain its investment-grade ratings with Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global (“S&P”). As at 
December 31, 2020, net debt (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) 
to Adjusted EBITDA was 1.24 times, 0.37 turns lower than the 1.61 times at December 31, 2019, reflecting increased Adjusted 
EBITDA and a reduction in net debt. This leverage level is consistent with management’s conservative approach to financial 
risk and the Company’s ability to generate strong levels of free cash flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). This leverage level also allows the Company the flexibility to 
quickly execute its acquisition growth strategy without significantly exposing its credit quality. 

The Board does not have a target dividend payout ratio (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS 
Measures” in Section 5A). However, the Company has paid dividends quarterly for over thirty years without an omission or 
reduction. The Board views this consistency and dividend growth as important factors in enhancing shareholder value. For 
2020, the dividend payout ratio was 23.4% of adjusted earnings. This dividend payout ratio reflects the strong cash flows 
generated by the Company and a solid increase in adjusted earnings in 2020 compared to 2019. Therefore, after careful review 
of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2021, the Board has declared a 16.7% increase in the annual 
dividend: an increase of $0.03 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.18 to $0.21 per Class B share per quarter ($0.84 per 
Class B share annualized). Including this increase, the Company has more than doubled the annualized rate since March 2016.

The Company believes that all of the above targets are mutually compatible and consequently should drive meaningful 
shareholder value over time.

The Company’s strategy and ability to grow and achieve attractive returns for its shareholders are shaped by key internal and 
external factors that are common to the businesses it operates. The key performance driver is the Company’s continuous 
focus on customer service, supported by its reputation for quality manufacturing, competitive price, product innovation, 
dependability, ethical business practices and financial stability.

10

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has always updated its financial strategies and performance against internal benchmarks while considering its 
obligations to Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”). The Company’s CSR initiative is designed to enhance the integration 
of social and environmental concerns into its business operations and interactions with stakeholders. In 2020, the Company 
released  the  2019  Sustainability  Report  entitled  “Laying  the  Groundwork  for  a  Sustainable  Future,”  covering  material 
environmental and social responsibility issues and policies. A copy of this report is available at www.cclind.com.

   Sustainability: The Company is committed to helping customers meet their targets by developing new products while 
reducing the environmental impact of its manufacturing processes. The Company will limit industrial waste ending up in 
the environment or in landfills by implementing waste reduction strategies. The Company has set goals of cutting 2019’s 
level of waste to landfill by 90% globally by 2025 and eliminating all landfill from its manufacturing process by 2030 in 
North America and Europe.

   Ethics: The Company’s Global Business Ethics Guide is its primary policy on workplace practices, human rights, health and 
safety, ethical conduct and fair business practices for all employees. Reviewing the Guide is an important part of new hire 
training and global facilities are audited to ensure all new hires receive a copy of the ethics guide and sign a commitment 
of adherence to the code. 

   Health & Safety: The health and safety of the Company’s employees around the world is a top priority. The Company’s 
current  Environmental  Health  &  Safety  (“EHS”)  policy  and  robust  safety  reporting  programs  address  the  statutory 
requirements of the countries where the Company does business. The EHS policy was revised and updated in 2020 as part 
of the 2019 Sustainability Report. The Company is committed to integrating EHS considerations into operating practices 
and employee training programs. Quarterly reporting of health and safety performance statistics to management and 
the CSR Committee is required, with the objective of an injury-free workplace and appropriate responses to all incidents. 
Each facility is assessed a color code ranking for safety in each calendar year, with a focus on improvement of their health 
and safety standards.

   Responsible  Supply  Chains:  The  Company  continues  to  work  with  its  supply  chain  partners  to  reduce  the  overall 
environmental and social impacts of its products including transportation, secondary packaging and material sourcing. 
Through predictive forecasting and responsive production, the Company is able to drive down lead times and help lower 
inventory throughout the supply chain with the added benefit of reducing waste and obsolescence and lowering the 
effects on the environment. 

   Circular  Innovation:  The  Company’s  product  innovation  teams  work  directly  with  customers  to  create  sustainable 
products applicable to their needs while supporting end-use consumer demand to reduce waste in the environment. 

E)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

The Company is globally deployed with significant diversification across the world economy including emerging markets, a 
broad customer base, distinct product lines and many different currencies. 

The Company continues to deploy its cash flow from operations into its core Segments with both internal capital investments 
and strategic acquisitions. The following acquisitions were completed over the last two years:

 •   In November 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Super Enterprises Printing (Malaysia) Sdn. Bnd. (“SEP”) for 
approximately $15.4 million, net of cash. SEP is headquartered in Kuala Lumpur, with a second manufacturing operation 
in Guangzhou, China. SEP manufactures decorative panels, liquid crystal and touch-screen display covers and in-mould 
decorated components for the consumer electronics and automotive sectors across Asia. The company now trades as “CCL 
Design.”

•   In October 2020, the Company acquired Graphic West International ApS (“GWI”), headquartered in Denmark, with operations 
in Europe and North America, for approximately $35.2 million, net of cash and debt. This new operation brings expanded 
capabilities and geographic reach in digitally printed cartons for the pharmaceutical industry. The company now trades as 
“CCL Specialty Cartons.”

•   In July 2020, the Company acquired InTouch Labels and Packaging Co., Inc. (“InTouch”), near Boston, Massachusetts, for 
approximately $11.1 million, net of cash and debt. InTouch is a specialized short-run digital label converter and was added 
to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

•   In March 2020, the Company acquired Flexpol Sp. Z.o.o. (“Flexpol”), a privately owned company based in Plock, Poland. 
Flexpol  is  a  leading  producer  of  BOPP  film  for  the  European  market.  The  purchase  price,  net  of  cash  acquired,  was 
approximately $23.5 million. The new business immediately commenced operating as “Innovia Poland.” 

•   In February 2020, the Company acquired Clinical Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), based in Garden City, New York, for approximately 
$19.7 million, net of cash on hand. CSI is a specialized provider to the U.S. clinical trials industry and is operating as part of 
CCL Label’s Healthcare and Specialty business.

11

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
•   In  February  2020,  the  Company  acquired  the  remaining  50%  interest  in  its  aluminum  slug  joint  venture,  Rheinfelden 
Americas,  LLC  (“Rheinfelden”),  by  assuming  $18.8  million  of  net  debt  previously  held  in  the  venture.  The  business 
immediately changed its name to CCL Metal Science.

•   In January 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Ibertex Etiquetaje Industrial S.L.U. and Eti-Textil Maroc S.a.r.l. AU 
(“Eti-Textil”) for approximately $20.1 million, net of cash and debt. Eti-Textil, headquartered in Elche, Spain, with satellite 
manufacturing in Tangier, Morocco, is an apparel label producer that has been integrated into the Apparel Labeling Solutions 
(“ALS”) business of Checkpoint.

•   In January 2020, the Company acquired I.D.&C. World Holdco Ltd. (“ID&C”), with operations in Tunbridge Wells, U.K., and 
Bradenton, Florida, for approximately $35.5 million, net of cash acquired. ID&C is a global leader in live event badges and 
wristbands and is part of Avery’s growing direct-to-consumer business. 

•   In January 2020, the Company acquired IDentilam Ltd. (“IDL”), based in Horsham, U.K., for approximately $2.9 million, net 
of cash acquired. IDL designs and develops a range of software solutions for event badging and identification cards and 
has been added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

•   In November 2019, the Company acquired Stuck On You Holdings Pty Ltd and Stuck on You Trading Pty Ltd (collectively, 
“SOY”) based in Melbourne, Australia, for approximately $7.2 million, net of cash acquired. SOY is a direct-to-consumer 
online digital print business expanding Avery’s presence in personalized “kids’ labels” in Australasia.

•   In June 2019, the Company acquired Say it Personally Limited (“STS”), a privately owned company based near East Grinstead 
in the U.K. for approximately $0.4 million, net of cash acquired. STS is a manufacturer of durable, personalized garment 
tags for the U.K. market and expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online product offerings.

•   In May 2019, the Company acquired the shares of Colle à Moi Inc. (“CAM”), a privately owned company based in Quebec 
City, Canada, for approximately $3.1 million, net of cash acquired. CAM adds to Avery’s direct-to-consumer online digital 
print capabilities in personalized “kids’ labels.” 

•   In April 2019, the Company acquired the shares of Hinsitsu Screen (Vietnam) Company Limited (“Hinsitsu”), based in Hanoi, 
Vietnam, for approximately $12.9 million, net of cash acquired. Hinsitsu is a leading supplier of durable and tamper-evident 
labels and graphic overlays for the electronics industry in the ASEAN region and was added to CCL Design within the 
CCL Segment.

•   In January 2019, the Company acquired Olympic Holding B.V. and its related subsidiaries (“Olympic”), a privately owned 
company  based  in  Venray,  Netherlands,  for  approximately  $13.6  million,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Olympic  is  a  start-up 
technology company with a patented proprietary process to produce high-bond, acrylic foam tapes without the use of 
solvents for applications in the automotive, electronics and construction industries. Olympic was added to CCL Design 
within the CCL Segment.

•   In January 2019, the Company acquired Easy2Name Limited (“E2N”), a privately owned company based near Newbury, U.K., 
for approximately $2.5 million, net of cash acquired. E2N expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online digital print offering 
of durable, personalized “kids’ labels” to the U.K. market.

The acquisitions completed over the past few years, in conjunction with the building of new plants around the world, have 
positioned the CCL Segment as the global leader for labels in the personal care, healthcare, food and beverage, durables, 
security and specialty categories. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media, and software 
solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products. Checkpoint 
has added technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, including RF- and RFID-based 
systems, to the retail and apparel industries. Innovia provides vertical integration, driving the Company deeper into polymer 
sciences, enhancing the development of proprietary products for its customers.

F)  Subsequent Events

Prior to the release of the 2020 annual financial statements, the Company announced the following:

•   In January 2021, the immediate appointments of Ms. Linda A. Cash and Dr. Susana Suarez-Gonzalez to the Board of Directors 

and, effective May 2021, the retirement of Ms. Mandy Shapansky from the Board of Directors. 

12

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)G)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

Selected Financial Information

Results of Consolidated Operations

Sales  
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Net finance cost 
Restructuring and other items  

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 

Dividends per Class B share 

Total assets 

Total non-current liabilities 

Comments on Consolidated Results

2020 

5,242.3 
3,740.1 

1,502.2 
725.4 

776.8 
9.5 
(65.2) 
(27.6) 

693.5 
163.8 

529.7 

2.96 

2.94 

3.08 

0.72 

7,336.7 

2,792.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

5,321.3 
3,809.1 

1,512.2 
774.6 

737.6 
5.4 
(81.0) 
(25.0) 

637.0 
159.9 

477.1 

2.68 

2.66 

2.79 

0.68 

7,038.0 

2,992.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018

5,161.5
3,662.7

1,498.8
785.8

713.0
5.3
(80.7)
(14.8)

622.8
156.0

466.8

2.64

2.61

2.73

0.52

7,027.6

3,007.6

Sales were $5,242.3 million for 2020, a decrease of 1.5% compared to $5,321.3 million recorded in 2019. This decrease in sales 
includes an organic decline of 3.9%, partially offset by acquisition growth of 2.1% and a positive 0.3% impact from foreign 
currency translation.

Consistent with 2019, approximately 98% of the Company’s 2020 sales to end-use customers are denominated in foreign 
currencies. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on sales and profitability when 
translated into Canadian dollars for public reporting. The appreciation of the U.S. dollar, euro, U.K. pound, Chinese renminbi 
and Thai baht by 1.1%, 3.0%, 1.5% 1.1% and 0.3%, respectively, was partially offset by a 22.1% and 9.0% depreciation of the 
Brazilian real and Mexican peso, respectively, relative to the Canadian dollar in 2020 compared to average exchange rates 
in 2019. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $725.4 million for 2020, compared to $774.6 million reported in 
2019. The decrease in SG&A expenses in 2020 relates to a reduction in corporate expenses as well as general reductions across 
all business Segments of the Company. Corporate expenses for 2020 declined to $46.7 million, compared to $49.7 million 
for 2019 due entirely to reduced long-term variable compensation expenses on diminished profitability improvement in the 
second year of the cumulative plan. 

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) for 2020 
was $823.5 million, an increase of 4.6% compared to $787.3 million for 2019. Foreign currency translation was a 0.3% positive 
impact  to  consolidated  operating  income  for  2020  compared  to  2019.  The  CCL  and  Innovia  Segments  each  increased 
operating income while the Avery and Checkpoint Segments posted declines, compared to 2019. Further details on the 
business segments follow later in this report.

Adjusted  EBITDA  in  2020  was  $1,123.2  million,  an  improvement  of  5.2%  compared  to  $1,067.2  million  recorded  in  2019. 
Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, the increase was 5.0% over the prior year.

Net finance cost was $65.2 million for 2020, compared to $81.0 million for 2019. The 19.5% decline in net finance cost can 
primarily be attributed to reduced total debt for the comparative years.

13

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the full year 2020, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $27.6 million ($20.8 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $18.4 million ($14.2 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
across the Company matching operational expenses to reduced economic activity resulting from the global CV19 pandemic. 

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.1 million ($1.1 million after tax), for the nine acquisitions closed in 2020.

•   Other expenses of $8.1 million ($5.5 million after tax), related to the final judgement at the High Court of Australia for a 
pre-acquisition lawsuit against CCL Secure’s polymer banknote substrate business for wrongful termination in 2008 of an 
agency agreement in the amount of A$45.1 million ($43.0 million) including interest and legal costs. This final judgement 
was $8.6 million in excess of the amount accrued on the Innovia acquisition. 

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2020 was $0.12 per Class B share.

For the full year 2019, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $25.0 million ($19.9 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $11.1 million ($9.3 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for 
Innovia, Checkpoint’s European operations, and similar expenses in the CCL Segment due to slowing demand in the fourth 
quarter.

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $0.6 million ($0.6 million after tax), for the six acquisitions closed in 2019.

•   Other expenses of $13.3 million ($10.0 million after tax) related to the settlement of a lawsuit attributable to practices 

employed by the pre-acquisition management of Checkpoint.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2019 was $0.11 per Class B share.

In 2020, the consolidated effective tax rate was 23.9%, compared to 25.3% in 2019, excluding earnings in equity-accounted 
investments. The combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate was 25.8% for 2020 (2019 – 25.8%). The decline 
in the consolidated effective tax rate for 2020 can be primarily attributed to a reduction in a valuation allowance on the 
Company’s ability to utilize previously unrecognized deferred tax assets at one of its German entities.

Approximately 98% of the Company’s sales are from products sold to customers outside of Canada, and the income from 
these foreign operations is subject to varying rates of taxation. The Company’s effective tax rate is also affected from year to 
year due to the level of income in the various countries, recognition or reversal of tax losses, tax reassessments and income 
and expense items not subject to tax. 

Net  earnings  for  2020  increased  11.0%  to  $529.7  million,  compared  to  $477.1  million  recorded  in  2019  due  to  the  items 
described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $2.96 for 2020 versus the $2.68 recorded for 2019. Diluted earnings per Class B share 
were $2.94 for 2020 and $2.66 for 2019. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2020 compared to 2019 had a 
positive impact on the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.01 per Class B share. The diluted weighted average 
number of shares was 179.8 million for 2020, compared to 179.1 million for 2019. 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 11.8 million Class A voting shares and 167.4 million Class B non-voting shares 
issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company had outstanding stock options to purchase 2.4 million Class B non-voting 
shares, 0.6 million restricted stock units (“RSU”) to issue 0.6 million Class B non-voting shares, and 0.2 million deferred share 
units (“DSU”) outstanding to issue 0.2 million Class B non-voting shares. Lastly, the Company has a performance stock unit 
(“PSU”) plan to issue up to 1.5 million Class B non-voting shares to participants at the end of 2021, provided the financial 
performance criteria have been achieved and the participants are still employed by the Company. Since December 31, 2020, 
there has been no change in the number of outstanding Class A voting shares, DSUs or PSUs to be issued; however, 29,688 
stock options were exercised to purchase to 29,688 Class B non-voting shares from treasury shares and 8,348 RSU’s vested 
and an additional 8,348 Class B non-voting shares were issued from treasury shares.

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share was $3.08 for 2020, up 10.4% from $2.79 in 2019.

The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2020 versus 2019 had an estimated positive translation impact of $0.01 
on adjusted basic earnings per Class B share. This estimated foreign currency impact reflects the currency translation in all 
foreign operations.

14

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)H)   Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

2020 

Sales
  CCL 

 Avery 

  Checkpoint 
 Innovia  

Total sales 

Segment operating income  
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

838.8 
158.8 
154.9 
144.0 

1,296.5 

140.6 
32.1 
12.1 
15.5 

200.3 
10.5 
1.8 
(1.3) 

 189.3 
17.1 

172.2 
45.6 

 126.6 

 0.71 

0.70 

 0.72 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

781.6 
146.2 
121.6 
172.4 

1,221.8 

115.0 
18.5 
6.4 
23.7 

163.6 
7.5 
3.8 
(1.7) 

154.0 
15.9 

138.1 
34.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

877.0 
178.4 
169.7 
148.3 

1,373.4 

160.8 
35.7 
29.6 
20.2 

246.3 
12.3 
16.2 
(2.5) 

 220.3 
16.4 

203.9 
50.6 

103.9  

$ 

153.3  

$ 

 0.58 

0.58 

0.59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.86 

0.86 

0.93 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

860.2 
150.8 
189.3 
150.3 

1,350.6 

136.4 
27.0 
32.2 
17.7 

213.3 
16.4 
5.8 
(4.0) 

195.1 
15.8 

179.3 
33.4 

145.9 

0.81 

0.80 

0.84 

Year

3,357.6
634.2
635.5
615.0

5,242.3

552.8
113.3
80.3
77.1

823.5
46.7
27.6
(9.5)

758.7
65.2

693.5
163.8

529.7

2.96

 2.94

3.08

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
H)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results (continued)

2019 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia  

Total sales 

Segment operating income  
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Fourth Quarter Results 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

851.1 
157.6 
173.5 
149.9 

1,332.1 

142.0 
27.9 
20.3 
14.7 

204.9 
14.3 
1.4  
(1.1) 

190.3 
22.0 

168.3 
44.6 

123.7 

0.70 

0.69 

0.71 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

831.5 
203.3 
177.3 
142.1 

1,354.2 

117.0 
45.3 
23.1 
13.3 

198.7 
14.7 
2.1 
(1.2) 

183.1 
20.6 

162.5 
41.2 

121.3 

0.68 

0.68 

0.69 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

831.2 
207.6 
180.5 
137.8 

1,357.1 

127.2 
48.4 
28.0 
6.2 

209.8 
18.1 
1.7 
(1.1) 

191.1 
19.5 

171.6 
43.9 

127.7 

0.71 

0.71 

0.72 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

787.1 
170.5 
192.8 
127.5 

1,277.9 

108.1 
34.9 
25.0 
5.9 

173.9 
2.6 
19.8 
(2.0) 

153.5 
18.9 

134.6 
30.2 

 104.4 

0.59 

 0.58 

 0.67 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year

3,300.9
739.0
724.1
557.3

5,321.3

494.3
156.5
96.4
40.1

 787.3
49.7
25.0
(5.4)

718.0
81.0

637.0
159.9

 477.1

2.68

 2.66

 2.79

Sales for the fourth quarter of 2020 increased 5.7% to $1,350.6 million, compared to $1,277.9 million recorded in the 2019 
fourth quarter. Excluding foreign currency translation, sales for the fourth quarter of 2020 increased by 5.3% compared to 
the 2019 fourth quarter. This increase was due to 2.5% organic sales growth and 2.8% from acquisitions. The CCL and Innovia 
Segments each recorded organic growth rates of 7.4% and 5.4%, respectively, partially offset by organic declines of 15.1% 
and 3.8% at the Avery and Checkpoint Segments, respectively. CCL Segment sales gains for the Healthcare & Specialty, CCL 
Design and CCL Secure were particularly robust for the quarter. Lower hardware sales in Checkpoint’s MAS product line more 
than offset sales growth in apparel labeling, including RFID. Avery sales suffered from the cessation of fan-attended sports 
event, concerts, trade conventions and conferences due to CV19 restrictions, resulting in significantly reduced demand for 
event and name badges. Workplace closures also affected demand for organization products. 

Operating income in the fourth quarter of 2020 increased 22.7% to $213.3 million, compared to $173.9 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2019. For the fourth quarter of 2020, the CCL, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments improved operating income 26.2%, 
28.8% and 200.0%, respectively, offsetting the 22.6% decline for the Avery Segment. Within the CCL Segment, Healthcare 
& Specialty, Food & Beverage, CCL Design and CCL Secure all recorded significant profitability improvement due to sales 
gains and productivity initiatives offsetting a slight decline in results for Home & Personal Care impacted by a downturn in 
ASEAN markets and currency devaluations, especially in Latin America. Cost-savings initiatives benefited both the ALS and 
MAS businesses of Checkpoint, as did favorable product mix. Innovia’s fourth quarter profitability benefited from solid organic 
growth, resin-based price increases and productivity initiatives compared to the 2019 fourth quarter. Reduced demand for 
Avery’s event and name badge business more than offset solid profitability improvement in direct–to-consumer labels and 
workplace closures affected end-user demand for business lines sold through distribution.

16

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate expenses were $16.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2020, compared to $2.6 million recorded in the prior-year 
period. The increase in corporate costs is principally attributable to a prior period low that included a significant clawback 
of previously accrued long-term variable compensation.

Adjusted EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2020 was $283.9 million, up 11.5% compared to the $254.7 million for the 2019 
comparable period. Adjusted EBITDA improved due to the aforementioned improvement at the CCL, Checkpoint and Innovia 
Segments.

Net finance cost was $15.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2020 compared to $18.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2019. 
Reduced total debt outstanding for the fourth quarter of 2020 compared to the fourth quarter of 2019 resulted in a reduction 
of comparative net finance costs. 

For the fourth quarter of 2020, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $5.8 million ($4.5 million after 
tax) as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for Checkpoint’s operations globally to 

match customer demand levels during the pandemic to operational costs.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2020 fourth quarter was $0.03 per Class B share. 

For the fourth quarter of 2019, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $19.8 million ($15.3 million 
after tax) as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $6.4 million ($5.2 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for 
Checkpoint’s European operations and similar expenses in the CCL Segment due to slowing demand in the fourth quarter.

•   Other expenses of $13.3 million ($10.0 million after tax), related to the settlement of a lawsuit attributable to practices 

employed by the pre-acquisition management of Checkpoint.

Tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2020 was $33.4 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 19.0% compared to $30.2 million 
and an effective tax rate of 22.8% in the prior-year period. The decline in the consolidated effective tax rate for the 2020 
fourth quarter can be attributed to a reduction in a valuation allowance based on the Company’s ability to utilize previously 
unrecognized deferred tax assets at one of its German entities.

Net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2020 increased 39.8% to $145.9 million, compared to net earnings of $104.4 million in 
the 2019 fourth quarter. This increase reflects the items described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $0.81 in the fourth quarter of 2020, an increase of 37.3% compared to $0.59 in the 
fourth quarter of 2019. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in the fourth quarter of 2020 compared to 2019 
had no impact. 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share increased 25.4% to $0.84 for the fourth quarter of 2020, compared to $0.67 in the 
corresponding quarter of 2019.

Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results

For the CCL and Innovia Segments, the first and second quarters are generally the strongest due to the number of workdays 
and various customer-related activities. Also, there are many products that have a spring-summer bias in North America 
and Europe such as agricultural chemicals and certain beverage products, which generate additional sales volumes for the 
Company in the first half of the year. The polymer banknote business within the CCL Segment experiences intra-quarter 
variations in sales influenced by Central Banks’ reorder volatility. For Avery, the third quarter has historically been its strongest, 
as it benefits from increased demand related to back-to-school activities in North America, although the impact is expected 
to diminish in future periods on secular declines in low-margin ring binder sales and the expansion of the Avery’s direct-to-
consumer businesses that do not have this seasonal bias. For Checkpoint, the second half of the calendar year is healthier 
as the business substantially follows the retail cycle of its customers, which traditionally experiences more consumer activity 
from September through to the end of the year and prepares for the same in its supply chain from mid-year on. Checkpoint’s 
year-over-year comparative quarterly results often include one-time large chain-wide customer-driven hardware installations 
that strengthen future reoccurring label revenues. Sales in the final quarter of the year are negatively affected in North America 
by Thanksgiving and globally by the Christmas and New Year holiday season shutdowns.

17

2020 Annual ReportSales and net earnings comparability between the quarters of 2020 and 2019 were primarily affected by the magnitude of 
CV19-related civil limitations by country, regional economic variances, the impact of foreign currency changes relative to the 
Canadian dollar, the timing of acquisitions, the effect of restructuring initiatives, the impact of Central Bank reorder patterns, 
tax adjustments and other items. In particular, the second quarter of 2020 experienced significant sales and profitability 
declines associated with the broad impact of CV19 restrictions on the Company’s customer base. Checkpoint’s second quarter 
results were particularly affected by the closure of non-essential retail outlets globally and apparel manufacturing hubs in 
Asia. Innovia’s second quarter results benefited from volume increases partly powered by pantry-loading demand and strong 
performance from the recently acquired Flexpol. 

The 2020 third quarter was a record for the Company, driven by solid organic growth within the CCL Segment, particularly 
high banknote demand at CCL Secure and strong results at Healthcare and Specialty. Avery’s third quarter back-to-school 
sales in North America fell on highly abnormal school and college return conditions due to limitations related to the CV19 
pandemic. Checkpoint results improved despite a decline in sales, on improved performance in its ALS operations, including 
strong growth in RFID sales, cost-saving initiatives and favorable product mix. 

2 .   B U S I N E S S   S E G M E N T   R E V I E W

A)  General

Over the last decade, all divisions invested significant capital and management effort to develop world-class manufacturing 
operations, with spending allocated to geographic expansion, cost-reduction projects, the development of innovative products 
and processes, the maintenance and expansion of existing capacity and the continuous improvement in health and safety 
in the workplace, including environmental management. In particular, throughout 2020 each operating unit invested in the 
necessary Personal Protective Equipment and enhanced processes for the safety of its employees, customers and suppliers 
in order to remain open as a critical business in each regime the Company operates. The Company also makes strategic 
acquisitions for global competitive advantage, servicing large customers, taking advantage of new geographic markets, 
finding adjacent and new product opportunities, adding new customer segments, building infrastructure and improving 
operating performance. The Avery and Checkpoint Segments and the CCL Design business within the CCL Segment are less 
capital intensive as a percentage of sales than the Company’s other businesses. Further discussion on capital spending is 
provided in the individual Segment discussion sections below.

Although  each  Segment  is  a  leader  in  market  share  or  has  a  significant  position  in  the  markets  it  serves  in  each  of  its 
operating locales, it also operates generally in a mature and competitive environment. In recent years, consumer products 
and healthcare companies have experienced steady pressure to maintain or even reduce prices to their major retail and 
distribution channels, which has driven significant consolidation in the Company’s customer base. This has resulted in many 
customers seeking supply-chain efficiencies and cost savings in order to maintain profit margins. Volatile commodity costs 
have also created challenges to manage pricing with customers. These dynamics have been an ongoing challenge for the 
Company and its competitors, requiring greater management and financial control and flexible cost structures. Unlike some 
of its competitors, the Company has the financial strength to invest in the equipment and innovation necessary to constantly 
strive to be the highest value-added producer in the markets that it serves. 

The cost of many of the key raw material inputs for the Company, such as plastic films and resins, paper, specialty chemicals 
and aluminum, are largely dependent on the supply and demand economics within the petrochemical, energy and base 
metals industries. The Checkpoint Segment purchases component parts including circuit boards, memory chips and other 
electronic modules from third parties. The significant cost fluctuations for these inputs can have an impact on the Company’s 
profitability. The Company generally has the ability, due to its size and the use of long-term contracts with both suppliers and 
customers, to mitigate volatility in purchased costs and, where necessary, to pass these on to the market in higher product 
prices. However, the Innovia Segment can experience delays in price adjustments up or down to customers due to the nature 
of its respective relationships and contracts. Innovia’s pricing mechanisms are more complex, involving multiple indices for 
polypropylene used by customers and suppliers and differing terms in contracts when trigger points are arrived at for price 
changes. Significant progress on renegotiating customer contracts to mitigate the impact of volatile input costs was made 
in 2020 and 2019. However, this will be a multi-year initiative to evolve customer contracts to have efficient pass-through 
mechanisms with appropriate margins. The success of the Company is dependent on each business managing the cost-and-
price equation with suppliers and customers. 

A driver common to all Segments for maximizing operating profitability is the discipline of pricing contracts based on size 
and complexity, including consideration for fluctuations in raw materials and packaging costs, manufacturing run lengths and 
available capacity. This approach facilitates effective asset utilization and relatively higher levels of profitability. Performance is 
generally measured by product against estimates used to calculate pricing, including targets for scrap and output efficiency. 
An analysis of total utilization versus capacity available per production line or facility is also used to manage certain divisions 
of the business. In most of the Company’s operations, the measurement of each sales order shipped is based on actual 
selling prices and production costs to calculate the amount of actual profit margin earned and its return on sales relative to 

18

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)the established benchmarks. This process ensures that pricing policies and production performance are aligned in attaining 
profit margin targets by order, by plant and by division.

Management believes it has both the financial and non-financial resources, internal controls and reporting systems and 
processes in place to execute its strategic plan, to manage its key performance drivers and to deliver targeted financial results 
over time. In addition, the Company’s internal audit function provides another discipline to ensure that its disclosure controls 
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will be assessed on a regular basis against current corporate 
standards of effectiveness and compliance.

The Company is not particularly dependent upon specialized manufacturing equipment. Most of the technology employed 
by the divisions can be sourced from multiple suppliers. The Company, however, has the resources to invest in large-scale 
projects to build infrastructure in current and new markets because of its financial strength relative to that of many of its 
competitors. Direct competitors in the CCL Segment are often smaller and may not have the financial resources to stay 
current in maintaining state-of-the-art facilities. Certain new manufacturing lines take many months for suppliers to construct, 
and any delays in delivery and commissioning can have an impact on customer expectations and the Company’s profitability. 
The Innovia Segment, in addition to its unique method for producing BOPP films for label and packaging applications, also 
provides the Company with the know-how and material science capability to develop proprietary substrates. Finally, the 
Company also uses strategic partnerships as a method of obtaining exclusive technology in order to support growth plans 
and to expand its product offerings. The Company’s major competitive advantage is based on its strong customer service, 
process technology, the know-how of its people, market-leading brand awareness and loyalty, and the ability to develop 
proprietary technologies and manufacturing techniques. In 2020, the Company announced a $35.0 million new capacity 
investment for its proprietary “Ecofloat” shrink films. This hybrid polyolefin film facilitates easy separation from primary bottle 
packaging to aid customers’ bottle-to-bottle circular recycling initiatives globally. The project commenced in early 2021, with 
completion scheduled for early 2022.

The expertise of the Company’s employees is a key element in achieving the Company’s business plans. This know-how is 
broadly distributed throughout the world; therefore, the Company is generally not at risk of losing its competency through 
the loss of any particular employee or group of employees. Employee skills develop through on-the-job training and external 
technical education, enhanced by the Company’s entrepreneurial culture of considering creative alternative applications and 
processes for its products. 

The nature of the research carried out by the CCL Segment can be characterized as application or process development. The 
Company spends meaningful resources on assisting customers to develop new and innovative products. While customers 
regularly come to CCL with concepts and request assistance to develop products, the Company also takes its own new ideas to 
the market. Proprietary information is protected by confidentiality agreements and by limiting access to CCL’s manufacturing 
facilities. The Company values the importance of protecting its customers’ brands and products from fraudulent use and, 
consequently, is selective in choosing appropriate customer and supplier relationships.

Avery  has  a  strong  commitment  to  understanding  its  ultimate  end  users,  actively  seeking  product  feedback  and  using 
consumer focus groups to drive product development initiatives. Furthermore, it leverages CCL Segment’s applications and 
technology to deliver product innovation that aligns with consumer printable media trends. Avery has also invested in many 
direct-to-consumer businesses globally and encourages the cross-pollination of unique products and best practices.

Checkpoint has always been an innovator in its industry, with a strong dedication to research and development activities. 
It was the pioneer of RF electronic-article-surveillance hardware and consumables. Checkpoint has made further advances 
with the active enhancement and deployment of RFID solutions, including inventory management software, to the retail and 
apparel industries.

Innovia maintains a world-class research and development centre specifically dedicated to the support of films for label and 
packaging applications. The new discoveries and product enhancements generated from this centre are deployed globally, 
sometimes benefitting downstream businesses such as CCL Secure and CCL Label. 

The Company continues to invest time and capital to upgrade and expand its information technology systems and security. 
This investment is critical to keeping pace with customer requirements and in gaining or maintaining a competitive edge. 
Software packages are, in general, off-the-shelf systems customized to meet the needs of individual business locations. The 
CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments communicate with many customers and suppliers electronically, particularly 
with regard to supply-chain-management solutions and when transferring and confirming design formats and colours. A core 
attribute of Avery’s printable media products is the customized software to enable short-run digital printing in businesses 
and homes. Avery recognizes that it is critical to develop its software solutions to maintain its market-leading position with 
consumers. Avery launched WePrint™, expanding its direct-to-consumer software solutions, and acquired the e-commerce 
platforms of 13 companies over the past seven years, including E2N, CAM, STS, SOY, IDL, ID&C and InTouch, to leverage 
acquired digital printing software into the pre-existing Avery suite.

19

2020 Annual ReportWithin the Avery Segment, most products are sold under the market-leading Avery brand and, with equal prominence in 
German-speaking countries, the Zweckform brand name. Within the Checkpoint Segment, products are predominantly sold 
under the Checkpoint brand and, for retail merchandising products in Europe and Asia Pacific, the Meto brand. The Company 
recognizes that in order to maintain the pre-eminent positions for Avery, Zweckform, Checkpoint and Meto, it must continually 
invest in promoting these brands. Product quality, innovation and performance are recognized attributes for the success of 
these brands. 

The Company deploys many initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint of its products and services to ensure the business is 
sustainable. Collaborative logistic partnerships with customers and suppliers reduce use of wooden pallets and corrugated 
boxes. New products help customers reduce their own carbon footprint such as CCL’s Eco Stretch Sleeves that decorate 
PET beverage containers without adhesive or energy and patented “wash off” labels for reusable glass bottles, which lowers 
the impact waste going to landfill. The Company’s greenfield sites are designed and constructed to specific standards to 
reduce their carbon footprint, and some sites have adopted the use of solar power to run their facilities. In August 2020, CCL 
Industries signed on to the New Plastics Economy Global Commitment, a part of the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, a circular 
vision in which plastic never becomes waste. In December 2020, the Company released its first Sustainability Report entitled 
“Laying the Groundwork for a Sustainable Future,” that covers material environmental and social responsibility issues and 
policies as well as setting ambitious targets to reduce waste within its operations and its supply chain. 

Business Segment Results

Segment sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia  

Total sales  

Operating income*
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia  

Operating income 

2020 

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,357.6 
634.2 
635.5 
615.0 

5,242.3 

552.8 
113.3 
80.3 
77.1 

823.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,300.9
739.0
724.1
557.3

5,321.3

494.3
156.5
96.4
40.1

787.3

* This is a non-IFRS measure. Refer to “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

Comments on Business Segments 

The above summary includes the results of acquisitions on reported sales and operating income from the date of acquisition.

B)  CCL Segment

Overview 

There  are  five  customer  sectors  inside  the  CCL  Segment.  The  Company  trades  in  three  of  them  as  CCL  Label  and  one 
each as CCL Design and CCL Secure. The differentiated CCL sub-branding points to the nature of the application for the 
final product. The sectors have many common or overlapping customers, process technologies, information technology 
systems,  raw  material  suppliers  and  operational  infrastructures.  CCL  Label  supplies  innovative  specialized  label,  plastic 
tube,  aluminum  aerosol  and  specialty  bottle  solutions  to  Home  &  Personal  Care  and  Food  &  Beverage  companies,  plus 
regulated and complex multi-layer labels and specialty folded cartons for major pharmaceutical, consumer medicine, medical 
instrument and industrial or consumer chemical customers referred to as the Healthcare & Specialty business. CCL Design 
supplies long-life, high-performance labels and other products to automotive, electronics and durable goods companies. 
CCL Secure supplies polymer banknote substrate, pressure sensitive stamps, passport components, ID cards and other 
security documents to government institutions. 

The Segment's product lines include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, stretch sleeves, in-mould labels, precision 
printed and die cut metal, glass and plastic components, expanded content labels, pharmaceutical instructional leaflets, 
specialty folded cartons, graphic security features, extruded or labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols or specialty bottles 
and printed polymer security film substrates. It currently operates 147 production facilities located in Canada, the United 
States (including Puerto Rico), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, France, Germany, Hungary, 
Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Oman, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, 

20

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and 
Vietnam. The five plants in Russia and five plants in the Middle East, are connected to the equity investments in CCL-Kontur 
and Pacman-CCL, respectively, and are included in the above locations.

This Segment’s industry is made up of a very large number of competitors that manufacture a vast array of decorative, product 
information, identification and security label-type applications. The Company believes that CCL is the largest consolidated 
operator in most of its defined global market sectors. Competition largely comes from single-plant businesses, often owned 
by private operators who compete with the Segment in local markets. There are also a few multi-plant competitors in certain 
regions of the world and specialists in a single market segment globally. However, there is no major competitor that has the 
product breadth, global reach and scale of the CCL Segment. 

The Company has completed numerous label acquisitions, strategic joint ventures and greenfield start-ups geographically 
and added new product offerings to position CCL Label as a global leader in the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage and 
Healthcare & Specialty end markets. CCL Design is an equally significant financial and geographic market for the CCL Segment, 
principally focused on the automotive and electronics markets. The high-security, specialized polymer banknote operations 
form an integral part of CCL Secure. 

CCL produces labels predominantly from polyolefin films and paper partly sourced from extruding, coating and laminating 
companies, using raw materials primarily from the petrochemical and paper industries. CCL also coats and laminates pressure 
sensitive materials and is generally able to mitigate the cost volatility of third-party-sourced materials due to a combination 
of purchasing leverage, agreements with suppliers and its ability to pass on these cost increases to customers. In the label 
industry, price changes regularly occur as specifications are constantly changed by the marketers and, as a result, the selling 
price of these labels is updated, reflecting current market costs and new shapes and designs. 

CCL’s global customers are requiring more of their suppliers, expecting a full range of product offerings in more geographic 
regions, further integration into their supply chain at a global level and protection of their brands, particularly in markets where 
counterfeiting is rife. These requirements put many of the Segment’s competitors at a disadvantage, as do the investment 
hurdles in converting equipment and technologies to deliver products, services and innovations. Having trusted and reliable 
suppliers is an important consideration for global consumer product companies, major pharmaceutical companies, OEMs in 
the durable goods business and, of course, Central Banks. This is even more important in an uncertain economic environment 
when many smaller competitors may encounter difficulties and customers want to ensure their suppliers are financially viable.

CCL considers customers’ demand levels, particularly in North America and Western Europe, to be reasonably mature and, 
as such, will continue to focus its expansion plans on innovative and higher growth product lines within those geographies, 
with a view to improving overall profitability. In Asia, Latin America and other emerging markets, a higher level of economic 
growth is still expected over the coming years, despite the slower conditions experienced in the past few years. This should 
provide opportunities for the Segment to improve market share and increase profitability in these regions. Furthermore, 
there is close alignment of label demand to consumer staples, with the exception of CCL Design and CCL Secure, which are 
completely aligned to the automotive and electronics industries and government institutions and Central Banks, respectively. 
Management believes the Segment will attain the sales volumes, geographic distribution and reach mirroring those of its 
customers over the next few years through its focused strategy and by capitalizing on following customer trends. 

CCL Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income 
Return on sales 

2020 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

3,357.6 
552.8 
16.5% 

1.7% 
11.8% 

$ 
$ 

2019

3,300.9
494.3
15.0%

Sales in the CCL Segment for 2020 increased 1.7% to $3,357.6 million, compared to $3,300.9 million in 2019, driven by organic 
growth of 1.1%, 0.7% from acquisition-related growth, partially offset by 0.1% negative impact from foreign currency translation.

Sales in 2020 for North America were up low single digit excluding the impact of currency translation and acquisitions, 
compared to 2019. Home & Personal Care sales declined modestly on reduced demand for tubes and aerosols for higher-end 
beauty, cosmetic and skin care products often sold in travel and specialty retail stores and hair salons. However, profitability 
improved on strong operational execution and significantly higher sales of labels for cleansing applications. Healthcare & 
Specialty results improved significantly on higher pandemic-related demand for over-the-counter medicines and sanitizers, 
plus increased use of lawn and garden chemicals as consumers spent more time at home. Food & Beverage posted strong sales 
growth especially for sleeves and pressure sensitive labels, leading to a corresponding profitability improvement. CCL Design 
declined in sales and profitability due to the automotive industry shutdown during the second quarter. CCL Secure, which 
is principally stamps and security products, slightly increased sales, with profitability flat to 2019. Overall, profitability and 
return on sales improved significantly. 

21

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
European sales were down low single digit for 2020, excluding currency translation and acquisitions compared to 2019. Home 
& Personal Care sales declined modestly on weak demand in the U.K., however profitability improved in other countries on 
good mix and solid operational execution. Healthcare & Specialty sales and profitability increased in most markets, offsetting 
operational challenges in Scandinavia, France and Germany. Food & Beverage sales and profitability declined as mineral water 
and soft drink customers’ “on premise” demand in bars, cafes and restaurants was reduced. Lower sales in automotive slightly 
outpaced gains in electronics markets; however, profitability improved significantly on productivity initiatives and favorable 
mix. CCL Secure posted exceptional results due to unusually high demand for banknotes during the pandemic compared to 
2019. Overall, European profitability and return on sales improved compared to 2019.

Sales in Latin America, excluding currency translation, increased double digit for 2020 compared to 2019. Sales and profitability 
in Mexico increased at CCL Label, CCL Design Automotive and CCL Secure offsetting declines at CCL Design Electronics. 
Sales and profitability for aluminum aerosols improved significantly for 2020 compared to 2019. Sales in Brazil increased, 
especially to Home & Personal Care and Food & Beverage customers, which significantly improved overall profitability and 
offset declines in Healthcare & Specialty and Wine & Spirits. Currency devaluation resulted in overall flat operating income 
for 2020 compared to 2019. Argentina and Chile posted reduced sales, but losses reduced significantly. Despite the negative 
currency translation impact, operating income overall increased and return on sales improved dramatically.

Asia Pacific sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation for 2020 were down single digit compared to 2019, largely 
due to performance in Australia and South Africa. Sales and profits in China increased on strong end-market demand for 
CCL Design electronics, partly offset by share loss in Home & Personal Care and slow sales to Beverage customers. Results in 
Thailand declined on slower customer exports, partially offset by gains in Vietnam, Singapore and the Philippines. In Australia, 
CCL Secure sales declined, but mix improved operating margins, while the closure of the wine label plant in Sydney reduced 
profitability. The new Johannesburg Beverage plant closed in the second quarter along with the entire beer industry in South 
Africa and reopened late in the third quarter, reducing sales and profitability. For the Asia Pacific region, operating income 
declined slightly, but return on sales improved.

Operating income for the CCL Segment increased by 11.8% to $552.8 million for 2020 compared to $494.3 million for 2019. 
Foreign currency translation had a negative effect of 0.1% on 2020 operating income compared to 2019. Operating income 
as a percentage of sales improved to 16.5% in 2020 compared to the 15.0% return generated in the prior year. 

The  CCL  Segment  invested  $197.8  million  in  capital  spending  in  2020  compared  to  $272.7  million  last  year.  The  major 
expenditures were for equipment installations to support capacity additions for the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage 
and  CCL  Design  businesses  globally.  Depreciation  and  amortization  for  the  CCL  Segment  was  $209.3  million  in  2020, 
compared to $200.3 million in 2019.

C)  Avery Segment

Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital 
printing  in  businesses  and  homes  alongside  complementary  office  products  sold  through  distributors  and  mass-market 
retailers.  The  products  are  split  into  three  primary  lines:  (1)  Printable  Media:  including  address  labels,  shipping  labels, 
marketing and product identification labels, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software solutions; 
(2) Organizational Products Group (“OPG”): including binders, sheet protectors, indexes, dividers and writing instruments; 
and (3) Direct-to-Consumer: digitally imaged labels, business cards, name badges, event badges, wristbands and family-
oriented identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs. Products in the Printable Media and 
Direct-to-Consumer categories are predominantly used by businesses and individual consumers consistently throughout the 
year; however, in the OPG category, North American consumers engage in the back-to-school surge during the third quarter. 

Avery operates 17 manufacturing and three distribution facilities. Sales for Avery are principally generated in North America, 
Europe and Australia, with a market-leading position. There is a small presence in Latin America. Most products are sold 
under the market-leading Avery brand and, with equal prominence in German-speaking countries, under the Zweckform 
brand name that is better known by consumers in that part of Europe, as well as the direct-to-consumer pc/nametag, Mabel’s 
Labels, goedgemerkt, badgepoint, Imprint Plus, Easy2Name, Colle à Moi, Stuck on You, IDentilam, I.D.&C., and InTouch brands.

Avery  reaches  its  consumers,  including  small  businesses,  through  distribution  channels  that  include  mass-market 
merchandisers,  retail  superstores,  wholesalers,  e-tailers,  contract  stationers,  catalog  retailing  and  direct-to-consumer 
e-commerce. Merger activity and store closures in these distribution channels can lead to short-term volume declines as 
customer inventory positions are consolidated. Avery is the leading brand in its core markets, with the principal competition 
being lower-priced private label products. Avery has experienced secular decline in its core mailing address label product 
as e-mail and internet-based digital communication has grown rapidly. In response, Avery has developed innovative new 
products targeted at applications such as shipping labels and product identification. Avery has successfully launched its 
proprietary direct-to-consumer e-commerce label design software platform WePrint™. Starting in 2014 with Nilles, and with 
twelve more acquisitions since then, Avery has expanded its digital printing capabilities to custom-designed roll-fed labels, 
the commercial graphic arts sector, the meetings and events planning industry, personalized identification labels for children 

22

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)and families, and event badges and wristbands. Some of these e-commerce platforms expanded rapidly during the pandemic 
while others such as event and commercial-oriented badges weakened. Future growth rates in all these new businesses are 
expected to outpace Avery’s legacy product lines. It is also the Company’s expectation that Avery will continue to open up 
new revenue streams in short-run digital printing applications.

Avery Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2020 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

634.2 
113.3 
17.9% 

(14.2%)  $ 
(27.6%)  $ 

 2019

739.0
156.5
21.2%

Sales in the Avery Segment for 2020 were $634.2 million compared to the $739.0 million posted in 2019. The decrease was 
due to an organic decline of 18.5%, partially offset by acquisition growth of 3.1% and the positive impact of foreign currency 
translation of 1.2%. 

North American sales declined double digits for 2020, excluding currency translation and acquisitions, compared to 2019. 
Sales and profitability in Printable Media and Organizational Products lines declined due to workplace closures. In addition, 
Organizational Products’ back-to-school sales reduced significantly on highly abnormal school and college return conditions 
due to the pandemic. Sales and profitability for Direct-to-Consumer name and event badge and wristband categories were 
severely depressed on the collapse of sports and leisure gatherings, conventions, and business meetings and conferences. 
Partially  offsetting  the  declines  were  dramatic  improvements  in  results  for  the  “WePrint™”  and  “Avery.com”  online  label 
categories as well as a strong start for the newly acquired InTouch operation. Overall profitability declined, however return 
on sales remained strong.

International sales, largely generated from products in the Printable Media and Direct-to-Consumer categories, represent 
approximately 30% of the Avery Segment for 2020. Sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, were down mid-
single digit in Europe with significant organic growth in the “WePrint™” category, improving profitability that was more than 
offset by reduced results in “kids’ labels” and name badging, as well as a poor start for the newly acquired wristband and 
event badging businesses. Legacy Printable Media operations posted modestly lower results compared to the declines in 
North America. Results were also down in the Asia Pacific and Latin American business units due to the pandemic.

Operating income for 2020 was $113.3 million compared to $156.5 million in 2019. Return on sales of 17.9% for 2020 was down 
compared to 21.2% for 2019, largely due to the pandemic’s adverse impact on direct-to-consumer name badging operations 
globally and the back-to-school seasonal surge in North America.

The Avery Segment invested $22.0 million in capital spending for 2020, compared to $13.5 million for 2019. The majority of 
the expenditures in 2020 were for capacity additions in the direct-to-consumer operations in North America and Europe. 
Depreciation and amortization for the Avery Segment was $19.3 million for 2020 compared to $17.3 million for 2019. 

D)  Checkpoint Segment

Overview

The Checkpoint Segment is a leading global manufacturer and provider of hardware and software systems, plus security 
labels and tags, providing inventory control and loss-prevention solutions to world-leading retailers. 

Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including RF and RFID solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The Segment has three primary product lines: MAS, ALS 
and Meto. The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags for 
loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some of 
which are RFID capable. Meto is a small separately branded Europe-centric product line, including hand-held pricing tools 
and labels and promotional in-store displays. All MAS and ALS products are sold under the Checkpoint brand.

Checkpoint is supported by 20 manufacturing facilities, nine distribution facilities and three product and software development 
centres around the world. Checkpoint is headquartered in the United States but uses its global footprint to generate sales 
internationally. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers or apparel manufacturers and competes with other global retail labeling 
companies.

Checkpoint’s market-leading position, strong brand recognition and product development pipeline should still drive modest 
growth despite a changing ‘brick-and-mortar’ retail landscape. Large contracts with retailers for hardware and software can 
create significant quarter-to-quarter and, in some cases, year-to-year revenue volatility. However, Checkpoint’s comprehensive 
solution of hardware and software also creates an important high-margin recurring revenue stream for its related consumables. 

23

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Moreover, CCL is also confident that Checkpoint can capture its share of the fast growing RFID market as retailers seek omni-
channel fulfillment systems. 

Checkpoint Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2020 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

635.5 
80.3 
12.6% 

(12.2%)  $ 
(16.7%)  $ 

2019

 724.1
96.4
13.3%

Sales for the Checkpoint Segment were $635.5 million for 2020, compared to $724.1 million for 2019, driven by an organic 
decline of 13.7%, partially offset by 0.7% acquisition growth and a 0.8% positive impact from foreign currency translation. 

The Checkpoint Segment experienced dramatic sales and profitability reductions from February through May of 2020 in all 
categories as CV19-related restrictions, firstly in China, affected profitability in manufacturing plants, next in March, moving 
to shut down all non-essential retailing throughout Europe and Asia followed by further mandated closures in North America. 
A strong recovery followed from June through the end of the year. MAS product lines posted 2020 sales and profitability 
declines in all regions, more pronounced in North America in part due to strong market share gains in 2019. CV19-related 
restrictions curtailed customer in-store hardware implementations in all jurisdictions, but label and tag sales were solid, 
aiding results, especially in the second half peak retail season. ALS posted solid organic sales improvement subsequent 
to the first half shutdown period as pent-up demand and rapid growth in RFID volumes, supported by cost savings, drove 
strong profitability improvement for the year. The smaller Meto business recorded declines in sales and profitability for 2020 
compared to 2019. 

Operating  income  for  2020  was  $80.3  million,  a  decrease  of  16.7%  compared  to  $96.4  million  in  2020.  Return  on  sales 
was 12.6% for 2020, compared to 13.3% for 2019. Return on sales declined due to the aforementioned impacts of the CV19 
pandemic in the first half of 2020.

The Checkpoint Segment invested $22.0 million in capital spending for 2020, compared to $28.9 million for 2019. The majority 
of expenditures in 2020 were in the Asia Pacific region to enhance capacity in ALS manufacturing facilities. Depreciation and 
amortization for the Checkpoint Segment was $29.1 million for 2020, compared to $29.6 million for 2019. 

E) 

Innovia Segment

The Innovia Segment consists of the Innovia film operations acquired in 2017, the Treofan film facility acquired in 2018, the 
Flexpol facility acquired in 2020 and two small legacy film manufacturing facilities transferred from the CCL Segment. The 
acquired operations, which comprise the majority of the Innovia Segment, provide a global footprint for the manufacture of 
specialty high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered BOPP films, with a facility located in each of Australia, Belgium, 
Mexico, Poland and the United Kingdom. These films are sold to customers in the label materials, flexible packaging and 
consumer  packaged  goods  industries  worldwide,  with  a  small  percentage  of  the  total  volume  consumed  internally  by 
CCL Secure and CCL Label within the CCL Segment. The two smaller legacy facilities, one located in Germany and one in 
the United States, produce almost their entire output for the CCL Segment’s Food & Beverage and Home & Personal Care 
businesses, respectively. 

Polypropylene resin is the most significant input cost for this Segment, derived from oil or natural gas and manufactured 
globally by a limited number of producers. Polypropylene costs depend on the prices of natural gas, oil and the availability 
of  resin  cracking  capacity.  Innovia  does  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  to  hedge  its  exposure  to  volatility  of 
polypropylene prices; therefore, many of its large customer price agreements adjust for movements up and down in resin 
cost. North American prices eased in 2019 through the first half of 2020 but increased rapidly in the final two quarters of the 
year. European resin prices were more stable but also turned upwards in late 2020.

Film  innovation  remains  a  strategic  focus  for  the  Segment,  investing  resources  in  its  industry-leading  research  and 
development people and laboratory in the United Kingdom. This commitment has resulted in the development of unique 
process  technology,  highly  differentiated  specialty  BOPP  films  and  innovative  surface  coating  technology,  keeping  film 
innovation at the forefront for the Segment.

In November 2020, the Company announced a $35.0 million new capacity investment for its proprietary “Ecofloat” shrink 
films.  This  hybrid  polyolefin  film  facilitates  easy  separation  from  primary  bottle  packaging  to  accommodate  customers’ 
bottle-to-bottle circular recycling initiatives globally. The project commenced in early 2021 with completion scheduled for 
early 2022.

24

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Innovia Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2020 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

615.0 
77.1 
12.5% 

 10.4% 
92.3% 

$ 
$ 

2019

557.3
40.1
7.2%

Sales in the Innovia Segment for 2020 increased 10.4% to $615.0 million, compared to $557.3 million in 2019 all on the Flexpol 
acquisition contribution, as a 1.4% positive impact from foreign currency translation offset a 1.4% organic decline. Sales gains 
to U.S. and Australia-based customers offset declines to European and Latin American customers in legacy operations. 

Operating income improved 92.3% to $77.1 million compared to operating income of $40.1 million for 2019. Operating income 
for 2019 included a $9.6 million pension curtailment gain, recorded in the fourth quarter of the year, associated with the 
Company’s decision to close the legacy U.K. defined benefit plan. Therefore, comparative operating income improved 152.8% 
from $30.5 million in 2019. Significantly improved mix, productivity initiatives in the U.K. and Mexico operations and enhanced 
pass-through pricing mechanisms in customer sales agreements drove robust increases in profitability. Flexpol operations 
in Poland, acquired late in the first quarter of 2020, performed ahead of expectations. Return on sales improved to 12.5% for 
2020 compared to 7.2% for 2019. 

The Innovia Segment invested $41.0 million in capital spending for 2020, compared to $30.2 million for 2019. The 2020 
expenditures were largely for capacity enhancements in the European operations. Depreciation and amortization for the 
Innovia Segment was $46.2 million for 2020, compared to $42.3 million for 2019.

F) 

Joint Ventures

For the years ended December 31 

Sales (at 100%) 
  CCL Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden* 

Earnings (losses) in equity-accounted investments (at 100%) 
  CCL Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden 

* primarily sales to CCL Segment

2020 

133.2 
3.0 

136.2 

19.5 
(0.5) 

19.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

125.7 
2.4 

128.1 

14.3 
(3.6) 

10.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

+/-

6.0%
25.0%

6.3%

36.4%
86.1%

77.6%

Results from the joint ventures in CCL-Kontur, Russia; Pacman-CCL, Middle East and, up until the date of its acquisition by 
the Company on February 14, 2020, Rheinfelden in the U.S. are not proportionately consolidated into a Segment but instead 
are accounted for as equity investments. The Company’s share of the joint ventures net income is disclosed in Earnings in 
equity-accounted investments in the consolidated income statement. 

Both Pacman-CCL and CCL-Kontur had a record year as sales and profitability increased significantly on strong product 
mix and market share gains. As expected, Rheinfelden Americas, the aluminum slug joint venture, began operating in the 
first quarter of 2020, with a small start-up loss, after the facility was temporarily shuttered subsequent to the fire at the 
facility in 2018 and ensuing replacement equipment delivery delays. Earnings in equity-accounted investments amounted to 
$9.5 million for 2020, compared to $5.4 million for 2019. 

25

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 .   F I N A N C I N G   A N D   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s leverage ratio is as follows:

For the years ended December 31 

Current debt 
Current lease liabilities   
Long-term debt 
Long-term lease liabilities 

Total debt(1) 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt(1) 
Adjusted EBITDA 

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA(1) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2020 

51.8 
34.2 
1,889.4 
119.2 

2,094.6 
(703.7) 

1,390.9 
1,123.2 

1.24 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2019

38.8
35.3
2,234.8
110.9

2,419.8
(703.6)

1,716.2
1,067.2

1.61

(1)  Total debt, net debt and net debt to Adjusted EBITDA are non-IFRS measures; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

In May 2020, the Company completed a rule 144A 3.05% private note offering due June 2030 in the principal amount of 
US$600.0 million. These notes are unsecured senior obligations. The proceeds of the offering were almost entirely used to 
repay borrowings on the Company’s unsecured syndicated revolving credit facility.

The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2020, was primarily comprised of the 144A 3.05% private notes due June 
2030 in the principal amount of US$600 million ($754.8 million), 144A 3.25% private notes due October 2026 in the principal 
amount of US$500.0 million ($630.8 million), the $300.0 million principal amount 3.864% Series 1 Notes due April 2028, and 
the term loan facility of US$161.0 million ($204.8 million). An additional loan facility resident in Australia was $50.2 million. 
Outstanding contingent letters of credit totaled $4.1 million; accordingly, there was approximately US$1.2 billion of unused 
availability  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  at  December  31,  2020.  The  Company’s  debt  structure  at  December  31,  2019, 
was primarily comprised of the 144A 3.25% private notes due October 2026 in the principal amount of US$500.0 million 
($643.1 million), the $300.0 million Series 1 Notes, outstanding debt totaling $780.3 million under the unsecured syndicated 
revolving credit facility and the term loan facility of US$366.00 million ($475.3 million). Additional loan facilities negotiated 
in 2019 and resident in Mexico and Australia were $33.4 million and $37.6 million, respectively. 

In February 2019, the term loan facility was amended by extending the maturity date to February 2021 and removing the 
required US$12.0 million quarterly principal payments. In February 2020, the Company amended both its syndicated credit 
facilities, extending the maturity of its US$366.0 term loan facility from February 2021 to February 2022 and the maturity of 
its US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility from March 2023 to February 2025. 

Net debt was $1,390.9 million at December 31, 2020, $325.3 million lower than the net debt of $1,716.2 million at December 31, 
2019. Net debt declined due to net long-term debt repayments, inclusive of lease repayments of $358.4 million and the impact 
of foreign currency translation on net debt. 

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA decreased to 1.24 times as at December 31, 2020, compared to 1.61 times at the end of 2019, 
due to the decrease in net debt and an increase in Adjusted EBITDA. The measure continues to strengthen as the Company 
strategically deploys its free cash flow for business acquisitions and capital expenditures. 

The Company’s overall average finance rate was 2.29% as at December 31, 2020, compared to 2.35% as at December 31, 
2019. The decrease in the average finance rate was caused by a decrease in rates on the Company’s variable rate debt at 
December 31, 2020, compared to December 31, 2019.

Interest coverage (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 11.9 times 
and 9.1 times in 2020 and 2019, respectively, indicative of lower net finance costs and higher operating income.

The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities 
when they are due. The Company believes its liquidity will be satisfactory for the foreseeable future due to its significant 
cash balances, its expected positive operating cash flow and the availability of its unused revolving credit line. The Company 
anticipates funding all of its future commitments from the above sources but may raise further funds by entering into new 
debt financing arrangements or issuing further equity to satisfy its future additional obligations or investment opportunities. 

26

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B)  Cash Flow 

Summary of Cash Flows 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash used for financing activities 
Cash used for investing activities 
Effect of exchange rates on cash 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents – end of year 

2020 

882.9 
(461.3) 
(428.0) 
6.5 

0.1 

703.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019

779.5
(256.2)
(376.1)
(32.7)

114.5

703.6

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2020, cash provided by operating activities was $882.9 million, compared to $779.5 million in 2019. Free cash flow from 
operations was $616.3 million for 2020, compared to $443.8 million in the prior year. Driving the improvement in these metrics 
for 2020 were increased earnings, improved net working capital and, for the latter metric, reduced net capital expenditures 
compared to 2019.

The Company maintains a rigorous focus on its investment in non-cash working capital. Days of working capital employed 
(a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 23 days and 24 days for 
the years ended December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. The days working capital employed decreased as 
the Company was able to drive efficiencies in its net working capital relative to the fourth quarter sales growth. 

Cash used for financing activities in 2020 was $461.3 million, consisting of net debt repayments of long-term debt and 
leases of $358.4 million and dividend payments of $128.7 million, partly offset by proceeds from the issuance of shares of 
$25.8 million due to the exercise of stock options. 

Cash used for investing activities in 2020 of $428.0 million was primarily for acquisitions that totaled $161.4 million and net 
capital expenditures of $266.6 million. 

After the above noted items and the $6.5 million positive effect of foreign currency rates, cash and cash equivalents increased 
by $0.1 million in 2020 to $703.7 million. 

Capital spending in 2020 amounted to $282.8 million and proceeds from capital dispositions were $16.2 million, resulting in 
net capital expenditures of $266.6 million, compared to $335.7 million in 2019. Management reduced capital expenditures 
in 2020 to preserve capital given the uncertain impact of the global CV19 pandemic. Depreciation and amortization in 2020 
amounted to $305.0 million, compared to $290.5 million in 2019.

The  Company  is  continuing  to  seek  investment  opportunities  to  expand  its  business  geographically,  add  capacity  in  its 
facilities and improve its competitiveness. As in previous years, capital spending will be monitored closely and adjusted based 
on the level of cash flow generated.

27

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C) 

Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and Other Hedges

The Company periodically uses derivative financial instruments to hedge interest and foreign exchange rates. The Company 
does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

As the Company operates internationally with slightly over 2.0% of its 2020 sales to end-use customers denominated in 
Canadian dollars, it has significant market risk exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. Each subsidiary’s sales and 
expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, minimizing the foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

The Company also has exposure to market risks related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the 
Company maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

The Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to allocate notional debt between fixed and floating rates. 
The Company believes that a balance of fixed and floating rate debt can reduce overall interest expense and is in line with its 
investment in short-term assets such as working capital, and long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment. The 
Company uses cross-currency interest rate swap agreements ("CCIRSA") as a means to convert U.S. dollar debt into euro debt 
to hedge a portion of its euro-based investment and cash flows.

As at December 31, 2020, the Company utilized CCIRSAs to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows, effectively converting 
notional US$264.7 million 3.25% fixed rate debt into 1.23% fixed rate euro debt, US$111.5 million 3.25% fixed rate debt into 
1.16% fixed rate euro debt, US$204.6 million 3.05% fixed rate debt into 2.06% fixed rate euro debt and US$203.9 million 3.05% 
fixed rate debt into 2.00% fixed rate euro debt. The effect of the CCIRSAs has been to decrease finance cost by $14.9 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 - $17.2 million). 

The  Company  has  potential  credit  risks  arising  from  derivative  financial  instruments  if  a  counterparty  fails  to  meet  its 
obligations. The Company’s counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2020, the Company had $9.6 million potential 
exposure to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments. 

As at December 31, 2020, the Company had US$1,261.0 million drawn under the 144A private bonds and term credit facility 
which are hedging a portion of its U.S. dollar-based and euro-based investments and cash flows, inclusive of U.S. dollar debt 
swapped to euros.

D)  Equity and Dividends

Summary of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Dividends 
Settlement of exercised stock options  
Contributed surplus on expensing of stock options and stock-based compensation plans 
Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax 
Increase in accumulated other Comprehensive loss 

Increase in equity 

Equity 
Shares issued at December 31 – Class A (000s) 
 – Class B (000s) 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2020  

529.7 
(128.7) 
31.3 
8.6 
(3.5) 
(52.9) 

384.5 

3,282.2 
11,836 
167,380 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2019

477.1
(121.1)
29.2
18.8
(54.9)
(124.5)

224.6

2,897.7
11,836
166,790

In 2020, the Company declared dividends of $128.7 million, compared to $121.1 million declared in the prior year. As previously 
discussed, the dividend payout ratio in 2020 was 23% (2019 – 24%) of adjusted earnings. After careful review of the current 
year results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2021, the Board declared a 16.7% increase in the annual dividend: an increase 
of $0.03 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.18 to $0.21 per Class B share per quarter ($0.84 per Class B share annualized).

If cash flow periodically exceeds attractive acquisition opportunities available, the Company may also repurchase its shares, 
provided that the repurchase is accretive to earnings per share and it will not materially increase financial leverage beyond 
targeted levels. The Company did not purchase any of its shares for cancellation in 2020.

28

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

The Company’s obligations relating to debt, leases and other liabilities at the end of 2020 were as follows:

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2020

Payments Due by Period

Carrying 
Amount

Carrying 
Amount

Contractual 
Cash Flows

0–6  
Months

6–12  
Months

1–2  
Years

2–5  
Years

More than  
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities   
  Secured bank loans 
$ 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured 144A 3.25%  

$ 

0.5 
4.3 

0.8 
52.1 

$ 

$ 

0.8 
52.1 

0.2 
— 

$ 

0.2 
50.2 

$ 

0.2 
1.9 

$ 

0.2 
— 

$  —
—

  private notes 

  Unsecured 144A 3.05%  

  private notes 
  Unsecured 3.864%  
  Series 1 notes 

  Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated  

  bank term credit facility 
  Other long-term obligations 
  Interest on unsecured 
  bank credit facilities 
  Interest on 144A 3.25%  

  private notes 

  Interest on 144A 3.05%  

  private notes 

  Interest on unsecured 3.864%  

  Series 1 notes 
  Interest on other  
long-term debt 

  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

643.1 

630.8 

636.3 

— 

754.8 

763.5 

298.4 

298.6 

300.0 

851.3 

(1.9) 

— 

475.3 
0.7 

204.8 
1.1 

* 

* 

— 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

204.9 
1.1 

6.9* 

113.7* 

212.4* 

81.5* 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
1.1 

1.6 

5.1 

9.7 

3.3 

* 
  1,035.6 

* 
  1,135.7 

0.6 
  1,135.7* 

0.3 
  1,135.7 

* 
146.2 

* 
153.4 

206.0* 
160.6 

2.4 
19.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

1.5 

10.4 

11.7 

5.7 

0.3 
— 

2.4 
20.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

204.9 
— 

1.9 

20.7 

23.3 

11.6 

— 
— 

17.6 
28.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

1.9 

62.0 

69.9 

34.8 

— 
— 

63.1 
45.7 

636.3

763.5

300.0

—

—
—

—

15.5

97.8

26.1

—
—

120.5
46.8

$  3,455.4 

$  3,230.2 

$  3,876.1 

$  1,178.9 

$  103.0 

$   310.1 

$  277.6 

$ 2,006.5

*  Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $12.4 million, accrued interest of $9.6 million on unsecured notes, unsecured 
bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $2.5 million on derivatives are reported in trade 
and other payables in 2020 (2019: $12.4 million, $8.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively).

Pension Obligations 

The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans in countries that give rise to accrued post-employment benefit 
obligations. The accrued benefit obligation for these plans at the end of 2020 was $836.5 million (2019 – $768.0 million) 
and the fair value of the plan assets was $454.8 million (2019 – $402.8 million), for a net deficit of $381.7 million (2019 – 
$365.2 million). Contributions to defined benefit plans during 2020 were $16.2 million (2019 – $25.3 million). The Company 
expects to contribute $48.7 million to pension plans in 2021, inclusive of defined contribution plans. These estimated funding 
requirements will be adjusted annually, based on various market factors such as interest rates, expected returns and staffing 
assumptions, including compensation and mortality. The Company’s contributions are funded through cash flows generated 
from operations. Management anticipates that future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund expected future 
contributions. Details of the Company’s pension plans and related obligations are set out in note 20, “Employee Benefits,” of 
the Company’s 2020 annual consolidated financial statements.

29

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Obligations and Commitments

The  Company  has  provided  various  loan  guarantees  for  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  totaling  $23.3  million  (2019  – 
$42.3 million). The Company has posted surety bonds through accredited insurance companies globally totaling $57.0 million 
(2019 – $71.3 million). The nature of these commitments is described in note 26 and note 27 of the Company’s 2020 annual 
consolidated financial statements. There are no defined benefit plans funded with the Company’s stock.

F)  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered and 
reported to senior management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure. 
The Company’s Disclosure Committee reviews all external reports and documents before publication to enhance disclosure 
controls and procedures.

As at December 31, 2020, based on the continued evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, the CEO and the 
CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109, 
Certificate of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), are effective to ensure that information required to 
be disclosed in reports and documents that the Company files or submits under Canadian securities legislation is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  Management  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. NI 52-109 requires CEOs and 
CFOs to certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for the 
issuer, that internal control has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, that the internal control over financial reporting is 
effective, and that the issuer has disclosed any changes in its internal control during the year ended December 31, 2020, that 
has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting.

Based on the evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, 
the CEO and the CFO concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at December 31, 2020.

There were no material changes in internal control over financial reporting in the financial year ended December 31, 2020.

4 .   R I S KS   A N D   U N C E R TA I N T I E S

The Company is subject to the usual commercial risks and uncertainties from operating as a Canadian public company and 
as a supplier of goods and services to the non-durable consumer packaging and consumer durables industries on a global 
basis. A number of these potential risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company are, in no particular order, as follows:

Covid-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to CV19. The impacts on global commerce 
have been and are anticipated to continue to be far-reaching. CV19 has resulted in unprecedented governmental actions 
in multiple jurisdictions, including the closure of workplaces determined to be non-essential, the imposition of new health 
and monitoring requirements and the imposition of restrictions on the international, national and local movement of people 
and  some  goods.  There  have  been  significant  disruptions  to  business  operations,  supply  chains  and  customer  activity 
and demand; service cancellations, reductions and other changes; the imposition of quarantines and curfews; as well as 
considerable general concern and uncertainty. There has been significant stock market volatility and significant volatility in 
foreign exchange and commodity markets. While CV19-related governmental and public health imposed restrictions were 
partially relaxed in a number of jurisdictions during the second and third quarters of 2020, renewed, and in some instances, 
heightened  restrictions  have  since  been  imposed  or  are  contemplated  in  multiple  jurisdictions.  While  the  Company’s 
operations have been determined by most jurisdictions to be essential businesses and have continued to operate throughout 
the pandemic with limited disruptions, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case throughout the 
duration of the CV19 pandemic or that such plants will operate at pre-pandemic staffing and production levels. CV19 continues 
to have varying impacts by geography and sector on the Company’s employees, suppliers and customers and on the demand 
for the respective products that the Company and its customers produce. While the introduction, beginning in late 2020, of 
vaccines designed to offer protection against CV19 offers the possibility of a reduction in the duration of the pandemic, the 
time needed for widespread availability and distribution of such vaccines, their duration and efficacy against the emergence 
and spread of new strains of CV19, as well as the levels of public participation in inoculation programs, remain uncertain. 
The duration of the pandemic and its impact on the Company’s financial performance and position is an area of estimation 
uncertainty and judgment, which is continuously monitored and reflected in management’s estimates. 

30

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)The impacts of the CV19 pandemic that may have an effect on the Company include: a change in short-term and/or long-
term demand and/or pricing for the Company’s products; reductions in production levels; increased costs resulting from the 
Company’s efforts to mitigate the impact of CV19; deterioration of worldwide credit and financial markets that could limit the 
Company’s ability to obtain external financing to fund operations and capital expenditures, and result in a higher rate of losses 
on accounts receivable due to counterparty credit defaults; disruptions to supply chains; impairments and/or write-downs 
of assets; restrictions on movement of workforce; reductions in the labour force; the closure of workplaces; and adverse 
impacts on the Company’s information technology systems and internal control systems as a result of the need to maintain 
remote work arrangements. A material adverse effect on the Company’s employees, customers and/or suppliers could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company. 

Significant  uncertainty  remains  with  respect  to  the  future  impact  of  CV19  on  the  Company’s  businesses.  As  a  result, 
the  Company’s  expected  financial  results  for  2021  and  beyond  may  be  negatively  impacted  by  continued  CV19-related 
disruptions. The Company cannot currently estimate the severity of any such impact, which may be material. The overall 
severity and duration of CV19-related adverse impacts on the Company’s businesses will depend on future developments that 
cannot currently be predicted, including directives of governmental and public health authorities, the extent and duration of 
governmental assistance for individuals and businesses adversely affected by CV19, the effectiveness of inoculation programs, 
the extent to which suppliers and customers are impacted by renewed operating restrictions and closures and the speed at 
which they are able to return to normalized production levels, the level of consumer demand, the status of labour availability 
and the ability to staff the Company’s operations and facilities. Even after CV19 outbreaks have subsided, the Company may 
continue to experience material adverse impacts to its businesses as a result of CV19’s global economic impact, including 
any related recession.

Potential Risks Relating to Significant Operations in Foreign Countries

The Company operates plants in North America, Europe, Latin America, Africa, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Sales to 
customers located outside of Canada in 2020 were approximately 98% of the Company’s total sales, a level similar to that 
in 2019. Non-Canadian operating results are translated into Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the period 
covered. The Company has significant operating bases in both the United States and Europe. In 2020, 40% and 32% of total 
sales were to customers in the United States and Europe, respectively. The Company’s operating results and cash flows 
could be negatively impacted by slower or declining growth rates in these key markets. The sales from business units in 
Latin America, Asia, South Africa and Australia in 2020 were 26% of the Company’s total sales. In addition, the Company has 
equity accounted investments in Russia, the United States and the Middle East. There are risks associated with operating a 
decentralized organization in 191 manufacturing facilities in 42 countries around the world with a variety of different cultures 
and values. Operations outside of Canada, the United States and Europe are perceived generally to have greater political 
and economic risks and include the Company’s operations in Latin America, parts of Asia, Russia and the Middle East. These 
risks include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, inflation, changes in foreign law and regulations, 
government nationalization of certain industries, currency controls, potential adverse tax consequences and locally accepted 
business practices and standards that may not be similar to accepted business practices and standards in North America and 
Europe. Although the Company has controls and procedures intended to mitigate these risks, these risks cannot be entirely 
eliminated and may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company.

Competitive Environment

The Company faces competition from other suppliers in all the markets in which it operates. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that such competition will not 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This competitive 
environment may preclude the Company from passing on higher material, labour and energy costs to its customers. Any 
significant increase in in-house manufacturing by customers of the Company could adversely affect the business, financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  results  may  be 
negatively  impacted  by  competitors  developing  new  products  or  processes  that  are  of  superior  quality  to  those  of  the 
Company or that fit the Company’s customers’ needs better, or have lower costs; or by consolidation within the Company’s 
competitors or by further pricing pressure being placed on the industry by the large retail chains. 

Foreign Exchange Exposure and Hedging Activities

Sales of the Company’s products to customers outside Canada account for approximately 98% of the revenue of the Company. 
Because the prices for such products are quoted in foreign currencies, any increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative 
to such currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar and the euro, reduces the amount of Canadian dollar revenues and operating 
income reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements. The Company also buys inputs for its products 
in world markets in several currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond the Company’s control and there can be no 
assurance that such fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the reported results of the Company. The use of 
derivatives to provide hedges of certain exposures, such as interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts and 
aluminum futures contracts, could impact negatively on the Company’s operations.

31

2020 Annual ReportRetention of Key Personnel and Experienced Workforce 

Management believes that an important competitive advantage of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the know-
how and expertise possessed by its personnel at all levels of the Company. While the machinery and equipment used by the 
Company are generally available to competitors of the Company, the experience and training of the Company’s workforce 
allows the Company to obtain a level of efficiency and a level of flexibility that management believes to be high relative to 
levels in the industries in which it competes. To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting, training and retaining 
its personnel over the long term, and while management believes that the know-how of the Company is widely distributed 
throughout the Company, the loss of the services of certain of its experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The operations of the Company are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of its senior management team. To date, 
the Company has been successful in recruiting and retaining competent senior management. Loss of certain members of the 
executive team of the Company could have a disruptive effect on the implementation of the Company’s business strategy and 
the efficient running of day-to-day operations. This could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Acquired Businesses

As  part  of  its  growth  strategy,  the  Company  continues  to  pursue  acquisition  opportunities  where  such  transactions  are 
economically  and  strategically  justified.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  identify 
attractive acquisition opportunities in the future or have the required resources to complete desired acquisitions, or that 
it  will  succeed  in  effectively  managing  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses.  The  failure  to  implement  the  acquisition 
strategy, to successfully integrate acquired businesses or joint ventures into the Company’s structure, or to control operating 
performance and achieve synergies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

In addition, there may be liabilities that the Company has failed or was unable to discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of acquired businesses failed to comply with 
or otherwise violated applicable laws, including environmental laws, the Company, as a successor owner, may be financially 
responsible for these violations. A discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Long-Term Growth Strategy

The Company has experienced significant and steady growth over the last decade. The Company’s organic growth initiatives 
coupled with its international acquisitions over the last number of years can place a strain on a number of aspects of its 
operating platform including human infrastructure, operational capacity and information systems. The Company’s ability 
to continually adapt and augment all aspects of its operational platform is critical to realizing its long-term growth strategy. 
Another  key  aspect  to  the  Company’s  growth  strategy  includes  increased  development  of  the  Company’s  presence  in 
emerging markets that could create exposure to unstable political conditions, economic volatility and social challenges. If 
the Company cannot adjust to its anticipated growth, results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Lower than Anticipated Demand 

Although the Checkpoint Segment enjoys the advantage of significantly lower customer concentration than the rest of the 
Company, the Segment is heavily dependent on the retail marketplace. Changes in the economic environment including the 
liquidity and financial condition of its customers, the impact of online customer spending or reductions in retailer spending 
and new store openings could adversely affect the Segment’s sales. A reduction in the commitment for chain-wide installations 
due to decreased consumer spending that results in reduced demand for loss prevention by retail customers or failure by the 
Segment to develop new technology that entices the customer to maintain its commitment to Checkpoint’s loss prevention 
products and services may also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Exposure to Income Tax Reassessments

The  Company  operates  in  many  countries  throughout  the  world.  Each  country  has  its  own  income  tax  regulations  and 
many of these countries have additional income and other taxes applied at state, provincial and local levels. The Company’s 
international investments are complex and subject to interpretation in each jurisdiction from a legal and tax perspective. 
The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by local authorities, and the Company's positions in these tax filings may be 
challenged. The Company may not be successful in defending these positions and could be involved in lengthy and costly 
litigation during this process and could be subject to additional income taxes, interest and penalties. This outcome could 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

32

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Realization of Deferred Tax Assets 

The Company needs to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods in certain foreign and domestic tax jurisdictions 
to realize the tax benefit. If there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary difference 
or loss carry-forwards become taxable or deductible, the Company may have to revise its unrecognized deferred tax assets. 
This could result in an increase in the effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on future results. Changes 
in statutory tax rate may change the deferred tax asset or liability, with either a positive or a negative impact on the effective 
tax rate. The computation and assessment of the ability to realize the deferred tax asset balance is complex and requires 
significant judgment. New legislation or a change in underlying assumptions may have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of the Company.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

While the Company’s operating results over the past several years have indicated a general upward trend in sales and net 
earnings, operating results within particular product forms, within particular facilities of the Company and within particular 
geographic markets have undergone fluctuations in the past and, in management’s view, are likely to do so in the future. 
Operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors in addition to the global economic conditions, and 
these factors include the volume of orders received relative to the manufacturing capacity of the Company, the level of price 
competition (from competing suppliers both in domestic and in other lower-cost jurisdictions), variations in the level and 
timing of orders, the cost of raw materials and energy, the ability to develop innovative solutions and the mix of revenue 
derived in each of the Company’s businesses. Operating results may also be impacted by the inability to achieve planned 
volumes through normal growth and successful renegotiation of current contracts with customers and by the inability to 
deliver expected benefits from cost-reduction programs derived from the restructuring of certain business units. Any of 
these factors or a combination of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.

Insurance Coverage

Management believes that insurance coverage of the Company’s facilities addresses all material insurable risks, provides 
coverage that is similar to that which would be maintained by a prudent owner/operator of similar facilities and is subject 
to deductibles, limits and exclusions that are customary or reasonable given the cost of procuring insurance and current 
operating conditions. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be offered on an economically 
feasible basis or at current premium levels, that the Company will be able to pass through any increased premium costs or that 
all events that could give rise to a loss or liability are insurable, or that the amounts of insurance will at all times be sufficient 
to cover each and every loss or claim that may occur involving the assets or operations of the Company. 

Brexit

The U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union (“E.U.”), commonly referred to as “Brexit,” became effective on January 31, 
2020 and was followed by an 11-month transition period, during which the trading rules and relationship remained largely 
unchanged. Upon the expiry of the transition period, the U.K. left the E.U. Single Market and Customs Union, as well as all E.U. 
policies and international agreements, with the result being that the free movement of persons, goods, services and capital 
between the E.U. and the U.K. ended and two separate markets and regulatory jurisdictions were formed. On January 1, 2021, 
the E.U. – U.K. Trade and Cooperation Agreement (the “TCA”) became effective. The TCA provides preferential access to the 
U.K. and to E.U. members to each other’s markets, without tariffs or quotas on imported products between the jurisdictions. 
However, economic relations between the U.K. and the E.U. will now be on more restricted terms than existed prior to Brexit. 
It is difficult to predict the severity of the impact of these changes on the Company’s U.K. and E.U. based operations. Goods 
moving between the U.K. and any member of the E.U. will be subject to additional inspections and documentation checks, 
leading to possible higher transportation and regulatory costs, as well as delays at ports of entry and departure. Such delays 
could adversely impact elements of the Company’s supply chain and also the Company’s ability to meet customers’ delivery 
schedules. The U.K. has yet to determine which E.U. laws and regulations to replace or replicate and compliance with any 
amended or additional laws and regulations could increase the Company’s costs. To the extent that higher costs are incurred 
by the Company which cannot be passed on to its customers, this could decrease the profitability of the Company’s U.K. 
and E.U. operations. Brexit and the perceptions as to its impact may adversely affect business activity, political stability, 
consumer and corporate confidence and economic conditions in the U.K., in those countries that have adopted the euro as 
their currency (the “Eurozone”), in the E.U. and elsewhere. The economic outlook could be further adversely affected by: (i) the 
risk that one or more other E.U. countries could come under increasing pressure to leave the E.U; (ii) the risk that the euro as 
the single currency of the Eurozone could cease to exist; and (iii) the risk that movements in the U.K. pound exchange rates 
related to Brexit could damage competitiveness or profitability, as a significant portion of the Company’s U.K. transactions 
are priced in U.S. dollars and euros. In addition, any of these developments, or the perception that any of these developments 
are likely to occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic growth or business activity in the U.K., the Eurozone, the 
E.U. or elsewhere and could result in the relocation of businesses, cause business interruptions, lead to economic recession 

33

2020 Annual Reportor depression, and impact the stability of the financial markets, availability of credit, political systems or financial institutions 
and the financial and monetary system. Given that the Company conducts a significant portion of its business in the E.U. and 
the U.K., any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial position, liquidity and 
results of operations of the Company.

Catastrophic Events

Natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods or wildfires, public health crises, such as epidemics and pandemics, 
political instability, acts of terrorism, war or other conflicts and other events outside of the Company’s control, may adversely 
impact its business and operating results. In addition to the direct impact that such events could have on the Company’s 
facilities  and  workforce,  these  types  of  events  could  negatively  impact  consumer  spending  in  the  impacted  regions  or, 
depending on the severity, globally, which would impact the Company’s customers and in turn impact demand for its products. 

Dependence on Customers

The Company has a modest dependence on certain customers. The Company’s two largest customers combined accounted 
for approximately 9.0% (2019 – 9.0%) of the consolidated revenue for the fiscal year 2020. The five largest customers of 
the Company represented approximately 16.2% (2019 – 16.5%) of the total revenue for 2020 and the 25 largest customers 
represented approximately 35.8% (2019 – 36.4%) of the total revenue. Several thousand customers make up the remainder 
of total revenue. Although the Company has strong partnership relationships with its customers, there can be no assurance 
that the Company will maintain its relationship with any particular customer or continue to provide services to any particular 
customer at current levels. A loss of any significant customer, or a decrease in the sales to any such customer, could have a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Consolidation within 
the consumer products marketer base and office retail superstores could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, 
depending on the nature and scope of any such consolidation.

Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and Other Considerations

The Company is subject to numerous federal, provincial, state and municipal statutes, regulations, by-laws, guidelines and 
policies, as well as permits and other approvals related to the protection of the environment and workers' health and safety. 
The  Company  maintains  active  health  and  safety  and  environmental  programs  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  injuries  to 
employees and pollution incidents at its manufacturing sites. The Company also carries out a program of environmental 
compliance audits, including an independent third-party pollution liability assessment for acquisitions, to assess the adequacy 
of compliance at the operating level and to establish provisions, as required, for environmental site remediation plans. The 
Company has environmental insurance for most of its operating sites, with certain exclusions for historical matters. 

Despite these programs and insurance coverage, further proceedings or inquiries from regulators on employee health and 
safety requirements, particularly in Canada, the United States and the European Economic Community (collectively, the 
“EHS Requirements”), could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. In addition, changes to existing EHS Requirements, the adoption of new EHS Requirements in the future, or 
changes to the enforcement of EHS Requirements, as well as the discovery of additional or unknown conditions at facilities 
owned, operated or used by the Company, could require expenditures that might materially affect the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company to the extent not covered by indemnity, insurance or covenant not to 
sue. Furthermore, while the Company has generally benefited from increased regulations on its customers’ products, the 
demand for the services or products of the Company may be adversely affected by the amendment or repeal of laws or by 
changes to the enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies concerning such laws.

34

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Operating and Product Hazards

The Company’s revenues are dependent on the continued operation of its facilities and its customers. The operation of 
manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, natural disasters, 
suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. The total loss of certain of 
the Company’s manufacturing plants could have a significant financial impact on the affected business segment, particularly 
where the plant represents a single or significant source of supply. The operations of the Company and its customers are 
also subject to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of certain 
hazardous materials. These hazards can cause personal injury, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment 
and environmental damage. Furthermore, the Company may become subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, 
workers' compensation and other matters. The Company’s pharmaceutical and specialty food product operations are subject 
to stringent federal, state, provincial and local health, food and drug regulations and controls, and may be impacted by 
consumer product liability claims and the possible unavailability and/or expense of liability insurance. The Company prints 
information on its labels and containers that, if incorrect, could give rise to product liability claims. A determination by 
applicable regulatory authorities that any of the Company’s facilities are not in compliance with any such regulations or 
controls in any material respect may have a material adverse effect on the Company. A successful product liability claim 
(or a series of claims) against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of 
these liabilities or the timing thereof. The occurrence of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above 
events, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Timing and Volume of New Banknote Orders

The CCL Secure banknote substrate operation is dependent on government procurement decisions and the volume and 
timing of new or replacement banknote orders is often uncertain. These decisions can be influenced by many political factors 
that could delay or reduce the volume of banknote orders. The impact of new large volume banknote orders may result in the 
Company having to invest in material capital projects to support government procurement decisions. As a result, volatility 
may be created in the cash flows and in the financial results of the CCL Secure operations and could have a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition of the Company.

Decline in Address Mailing Labels

Since the advent of e-mail, traditional mail volumes have declined, particularly over the past decade. Address labels used for 
traditional mail has historically been a core product for the Avery business. There is a direct correlation of address label sales 
volumes to the quantity of mail in circulation in each of the markets in which Avery operates. Accordingly, a further dramatic 
decline in traditional mail volume, without the introduction of offsetting new consumer printable media applications in Avery, 
could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Product Security

CCL Secure’s banknote substrate business is involved in high security applications and must maintain highly secured facilities 
and product shipments. CCL Secure maintains vigorous security and material control procedures. All employees, guests and 
third party contractors with access to facilities and products are prudently screened and monitored. However, the loss of a 
product, counterfeiting of a high security feature or the breach of a secured facility as a result of negligence, collusion or 
theft is possible. Loss of product whilst in transit, particularly during transshipment, through the failure of freight management 
companies or the loss of the shipment vehicle by accident or act of God is possible. Consequently, the financial damage and 
potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

Financial Reporting

The Company prepares its financial reports in accordance with accounting policies and methods prescribed by IFRS. In 
the preparation of financial reports, management may need to rely upon assumptions, make estimates or use their best 
judgement in determining the financial condition of the Company. Significant accounting policies are described in more 
detail in the notes to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. In 
order to have a reasonable level of assurance that financial transactions are properly authorized, assets are safeguarded 
against unauthorized or improper use and transactions are properly recorded and reported, the Company has implemented 
and continues to analyze its internal control systems for financial reporting. Although the Company believes that its financial 
reporting and financial statements are prepared with reasonable safeguards to ensure reliability, the Company cannot provide 
absolute assurance in that regard.

35

2020 Annual ReportCompliance with Anti-Bribery and Export Laws

Due to the Company’s global operations, the Company is subject to many laws governing international relations, including 
those that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers, and which may restrict where the 
Company can do business, what information or products the Company can supply to certain countries and what information 
the Company can provide to foreign governments, including but not limited to the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public 
Officials Act (“CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and the U.S. Export Administration 
Act. The Company’s policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. The Company operates in many parts of the 
world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with 
anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Given the high level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk 
that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for example through fraudulent or negligent behavior 
of individual employees, the Company’s failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements or otherwise. 
Additionally, the Company may be held liable for actions taken by local dealers and partners. If the Company is found to be 
liable for CFPOA, FCPA or other violations (either due to the Company’s own acts or through inadvertence, or due to the acts 
or inadvertence of others), the Company could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have 
a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

New Product Developments 

Markets are continually evolving based on the ingenuity of the Company and its competitors, consumer preferences and new 
product identification and information technologies. In particular, customers and consumers are seeking more sustainable 
product offerings using recyclable components and enabling circularity in product use. To the extent that any such new 
developments result in a decrease in the use of any of the Company’s products, a material adverse effect on the financial 
condition and results of operations could occur. 

Checkpoint’s  ability  to  create  new  products  and  to  sustain  existing  products  is  affected  by  whether  the  Company  can 
develop and fund technological innovations, such as those related to the next generation of product solutions, evolving 
RFID technologies, and other innovative security devices, software and systems initiatives. The failure to develop and launch 
successful new products could have a material adverse effect on Checkpoint’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Although the Innovia Segment has a unique manufacturing process for its BOPP and CCL Secure is the leading manufacturer 
of polymer banknote substrate, it is dependent on its ability to constantly evolve the technological capabilities of its products 
to meet the demands of its customer base. New scientific advancements in polymer film manufacturing could curtail the 
use of Innovia’s BOPP, while the advancement of e-commerce and cashless societies may outmode the need for polymer 
banknotes. Failure to invest in intellectual properties and perpetually innovate may result in lower demand for films and 
banknote substrate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Labour Relations

While labour relations between the Company and its employees have been stable in the recent past and there have been 
no material disruptions in operations as a result of labour disputes, the maintenance of a productive and efficient labour 
environment cannot be assured. Accordingly, a strike, lockout or deterioration of labour relationships could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

Any alleged failure by the Company to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the countries of operation may lead 
to the imposition of fines and penalties or the denial, revocation or delay in the renewal of permits and licenses issued by 
governmental  authorities  or  litigation.  In  addition,  governmental  authorities,  as  well  as  third  parties,  may  claim  that  the 
Company is liable for environmental remediation or damages. A significant judgment against the Company, the loss of a 
significant permit or other approval or the imposition of a significant fine or penalty could have a material adverse effect on 
the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Moreover, the Company may from time to time be notified of claims that it may be infringing patents, copyrights or other 
intellectual property rights owned by other third parties. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of 
resources, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. In the future, third parties may assert infringement claims against the Company or its customers. In the event of 
an infringement claim, the Company may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop a non-infringing 
alternative or to obtain licenses. The Company may not be successful in developing such an alternative or obtaining a license 
on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any such litigation could be lengthy and costly and could have a material adverse 
effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

36

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)The Company may also be subject to claims arising from its failure to manufacture a product to the specifications of its 
customers or from personal injury arising from a consumer’s use of a product or component manufactured by the Company. 
While the Company will seek indemnity from its customers for claims made against the Company by consumers, and while 
the Company maintains what management believes to be appropriate levels of insurance to respond to such claims, there 
can be no assurance that the Company will be fully indemnified by its customers or that insurance coverage will continue 
to be available or, if available, will be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims. In addition, the Company could 
become subject to claims relating to its prior or acquired businesses, including environmental and tax matters, or claims by 
third parties, such as distributors or agents. There can be no assurance that insurance coverage will be adequate to cover 
all costs arising from such claims.

Specifically, during 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgment and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, 
CCL Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling A$70.0 million ($63.8 million), finding a wrongful 
termination  of  an  agency  agreement  with  Benoy  Berry  and  a  company  controlled  by  him,  Global  Secure  Currency  Ltd. 
(collectively “Berry”), an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL appealed the judgment. As part of the appeals process, the 
Australian court of appeals mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgment in order to stay execution of the 
judgment pending resolution of the appeal. On appeal, the Australian court of appeals reduced the total damages awarded 
to Berry to A$4.8 million ($4.4 million) including interest and Berry’s estimated legal costs, and awarded ISPL a portion of its 
appeal costs. Berry appealed the reduced award to the High Court of Australia. In the third quarter of 2020, the High Court 
of Australia issued a final judgement for Berry in the sum of approximately A$45.1 million ($43.0 million), including interest 
and Berry’s legal costs. The final judgement was $8.6 million in excess of the previously recorded provision, which had been 
accrued as part of the 2017 Innovia acquisition for this matter, and is reported in Restructuring and Other Items.

In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Berry in 
Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated with 
ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision to the 
highest appeals court in Nigeria. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote substrate 
plant in Nigeria and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or in lieu thereof, grant an 
award of total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion ($2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the 
Company considers to be without merit and accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter. 

Defined Benefit Post-Employment Plans

The Company is the sponsor of a number of defined benefit plans in twelve countries that give rise to accrued post-employment 
benefit obligations. Although the Company believes that its current financial resources combined with its expected future 
cash flows from operations and returns on post-employment plan assets will be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under 
these plans in future years, the cash outflow and higher expenses associated with these plans may be higher than expected 
and may have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.

Breach of Legal and Regulatory Requirements

CCL  Secure’s  banknote  substrate  operation  has  the  highest  accreditation  within  the  security  printing  industry.  This 
accreditation provides governments and Central Banks with assurance in respect of safeguarding high ethical standards and 
business practices. Violation of CCL Secure’s highly strict requirements and constant detailed oversight in relation to bribery, 
corruption and anti-competitive activities remains a risk in an industry expecting the highest ethical standards. Consequently, 
the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure that could arise if the standards and practices 
are compromised, or perceived to have been compromised, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Material Disruption of Information Technology Systems 

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology (“IT”) systems to manufacture its products, process 
transactions, respond to customer questions, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and maintain 
cost-efficient operations, as well as maintain its e-commerce websites. Any material disruption or slowdown of the systems, 
including a disruption or slowdown caused by the Company’s failure to successfully upgrade its systems, system failures, 
viruses or other causes, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. If changes in technology cause the Company’s information systems to become obsolete or if information 
systems are inadequate to handle growth, the Company could incur losses and costs due to interruption of its operations.

37

2020 Annual ReportThe Company maintains information within its IT networks and on the cloud to operate its business, as well as confidential 
personal  employee  and  customer  information.  The  secure  maintenance  of  this  information  is  critical  to  the  Company’s 
operations and reputation. The Company invests in hardware and software to prevent the risk of intrusion, tampering and 
theft. Any such unauthorized breach of the IT infrastructure could compromise the data maintained, which could cause the 
corruption or exposure of confidential or proprietary information, a significant disruption in operations, the loss or theft of 
critical data and financial resources and meaningful harm to the Company’s reputation, any of which could result in a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment in the Carrying Value of Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $2.4 billion of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets on its 
consolidated statement of financial position, the value of which is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The assessment 
of the value of goodwill and intangible assets depends on a number of key factors requiring estimates and assumptions 
about earnings growth, operating margins, discount rates, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and market 
capitalization. There can be no assurance that future reviews of goodwill and intangible assets will not result in an impairment 
charge. Although it does not affect cash flow, an impairment charge does have the effect of reducing the Company’s earnings, 
total assets and equity.

Raw Materials and Component Parts

Although the Company is a large customer to certain key suppliers, it is also an inconsequential buyer of some materials. The 
ability to grow earnings will be affected by inflationary and other increases in the cost of electronic sub-assemblies and raw 
materials, aluminum ingot, slugs and foils, resins, extruded films, pressure sensitive laminates, paper, binder rings and plastic 
components. Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw materials, labour and energy have occurred in the past and 
are expected to reoccur, and the Company’s performance depends in part on its ability to pass these cost increases on to 
customers in the price of its products and to effect improvements in productivity. The Company may not be able to fully offset 
the effects of raw material costs and other sourced components through price increases, productivity improvements or cost-
reduction programs. If the Company cannot obtain sufficient quantities of these items at competitive prices, of appropriate 
quality and on a timely basis, it may not be able to produce sufficient quantities of product to satisfy market demand, product 
shipments may be delayed, or its material or manufacturing costs may increase. Innovia is sensitive to price movements in 
polypropylene resin used in its BOPP films for label, packaging and security applications. Polypropylene is the most significant 
input cost for the Innovia Segment and is traded in the market, with prices linked to the market price of natural gas and 
refining capacity. Price movements must be managed and, where necessary, passed along to the Segment’s customers. 
Failure to pass along higher costs in a timely and effective manner to its customers could have a material adverse effect on 
the Innovia Segment’s business and profitability. Checkpoint’s supply chain relies significantly on components sourced from 
factories in Asia; therefore, supply disruption and tariff changes could adversely affect sales and profitability. Avery’s U.S. 
supply chain relies almost completely on its plant in Tijuana, Mexico; supply disruption, changes to border controls or the 
failure to implement the provisions of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement on trade could adversely affect sales 
and profitability. Overall, any of these problems could result in the loss of customers and revenue, provide an opportunity 
for competing products to gain market acceptance and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.  

Credit Ratings

The credit ratings currently assigned to the Company by Moody’s and S&P, or that may in the future be assigned by other 
rating agencies, are subject to amendment in accordance with each agency’s rating methodology and subjective modifiers 
driving the credit rating opinion. There is no assurance that any rating assigned to the Company will remain in effect for any 
given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the future. A downgrade 
in the credit rating assigned by one or more rating agencies could increase the Company’s cost of borrowing or impact 
the Company’s ability to renegotiate debt, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and profitability.

Share Price Volatility

Changes in the Company’s stock price may affect access to, or cost of, financing from capital markets and may affect stock-
based compensation arrangements. The Company’s stock price has appreciated significantly over the last five years and is 
influenced by the financial results of the Company, changes in the overall stock market, demand for equity securities, relative 
peer group performance, market expectation of future financial performance and competitive dynamics among many other 
things. There is no assurance that the Company’s share price will not be volatile in the future.

38

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Protection of Intellectual Property

Certain  of  the  Company’s  products  involve  complex  technology  and  chemistry  and  the  Company  relies  on  maintaining 
protection of this intellectual property and proprietary information to maintain a competitive advantage. The infringement, 
expiration  or  other  loss  of  these  patents  and  other  proprietary  information  would  reduce  the  barriers  to  entry  into  the 
Company’s existing lines of business and may result in loss of market share and a decrease in the Company’s competitiveness, 
which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There also can 
be no assurance that the patents previously obtained or to be obtained by the Company in the future will provide adequate 
protection of such intellectual property or adequately maintain any competitive advantage. 

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors taking into account current 
and anticipated cash flow, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and global economy as 
well as the various risk factors set out above. The Board of Directors intends to pay a consistent dividend with consistent 
increases over time. However, the Board of Directors may in certain circumstances determine that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to reduce or suspend the dividend. In that situation, the trading price of the Company’s Class A and Class B 
shares may be materially affected. 

Climate Change

Event risks caused by global climate change, including the frequency and severity of weather-related events, could damage 
the Company’s facilities, disrupt operations, impact revenues and cash flow, and create financial risk. These could result in 
substantial costs for emergency response efforts during the event, reinstatement of regular business operations and repair or 
replacement of premises and equipment. The potential impact or financial consequence of such events is highly uncertain. 
The Company's operations are spread over more than 191 locations around the world and therefore subject to varying climate 
change event risks. 

Global climate change also gives rise to other risks to the Company’s business and operations, including increased regulation 
and market shifts in supply and demand, which are also difficult to predict. Many countries in which the Company carries on 
business are at differing stages of developing policy and regulations regarding carbon emissions and other environmental 
impacts which could significantly affect the Company’s business, create financial obligations and increase operating costs. 
Increased public awareness of climate change may impact consumer demand for the Company’s customers' products. The 
Company’s failure to innovate more sustainable or circular economy products could have a material adverse effect on its 
financial condition and profitability.

The Company’s failure to implement environmental, social and governance targets and initiatives, or to achieve its sustainability 
targets could have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and profitability.

39

2020 Annual Report5.   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   A N D   N O N - I F R S   M E A S U R E S

A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

CCL measures the success of the business using a number of key performance indicators, many of which are in accordance 
with IFRS as described throughout this report. The following performance indicators are not measurements in accordance with 
IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to or replacement of net earnings or any other measure of performance 
under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning and may not be comparable to similar measures 
presented by other issuers. In fact, these additional measures are used to provide added insight into the Company’s results 
and are concepts often seen in external analysts’ research reports, in financial covenants in banking agreements and note 
agreements, in purchase and sales contracts on acquisitions and divestitures of the business, and in discussions and reports 
to and from the Company’s shareholders and the investment community. These non-IFRS measures will be found throughout 
this report and are referenced alphabetically in the definition section below.

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Class B Share – An important non-IFRS measure to assist in understanding the ongoing earnings 
performance of the Company, excluding items of a one-time or non-recurring nature. It is not considered a substitute for basic 
net earnings per Class B share, but it does provide additional insight into the ongoing financial results of the Company. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as basic net earnings per Class B share, excluding gains on dispositions, goodwill impairment 
loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items and tax adjustments. 

Earnings per Class B Share

Basic earnings 
Net loss from restructuring and other items 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Three Months Ended 
December 31 

  Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

 2020 

0.81 
0.03 

0.84 

$ 

$ 

 2019 

0.59 
0.08 

0.67 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

2.96 
0.12 

3.08 

$ 

$ 

 2019

2.68
0.11

2.79

Adjusted EBITDA – A critical financial measure used extensively in the packaging industry and other industries to assist in 
understanding and measuring operating results. It is also considered as a proxy for cash flow and a facilitator for business 
valuations. This non-IFRS measure is defined as earnings before net finance cost, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, 
goodwill  impairment  loss,  earnings  in  equity  accounted  investments,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments, 
restructuring and other items. The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure as it allows the assessment 
of the Company’s ongoing business without the impact of net finance costs, depreciation and amortization and income tax 
expenses, as well as non-operating factors and unusual items. As a proxy for cash flow, it is intended to indicate the Company’s 
ability to incur or service debt and to invest in property, plant and equipment, and it allows comparison of the Company’s 
business to that of its peers and competitors who may have different capital or organizational structures. Adjusted EBITDA 
is a measure tracked by financial analysts and investors to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business 
valuations. Adjusted EBITDA is considered an important measure by lenders to the Company and is included in the financial 
covenants for the Company’s bank lines of credit.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA measures to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated. 

Net earnings  
Corporate expense 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Finance cost, net 
Restructuring and other items  
Income taxes 

Operating income  
Less: Corporate expense  
Add: Depreciation and amortization   

Adjusted EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) 

40

Three Months Ended 
December 31 

  Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

 2020 

145.9 
16.4 
(4.0) 
15.8 
5.8 
33.4 

213.3 
(16.4) 
87.0 

$ 

$ 

 2019 

104.4 
2.6 
(2.0) 
18.9 
19.8 
30.2 

173.9 
(2.6) 
83.4 

$ 

$ 

2020 

529.7 
46.7 
(9.5) 
65.2 
27.6 
163.8 

823.5 
(46.7) 
346.4 

$ 

$ 

 2019

477.1
49.7
(5.4)
81.0
25.0
159.9

787.3
(49.7)
329.6

283.9 

$ 

254.7 

$ 

1,123.2 

$ 

1,067.2

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Days Working Capital Employed – A measure indicating the relative liquidity and asset intensity of the Company’s working 
capital. It is calculated by multiplying the net working capital by the number of days in the quarter and then dividing by the 
quarterly sales. Net working capital includes trade and other receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, trade and other 
payables, and income taxes recoverable and payable. The following table reconciles the net working capital used in the days 
of working capital employed measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of financial position as at 
the periods ended as indicated.

Days Working Capital Employed

At December 31 

Trade and other receivables  
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Income taxes recoverable 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 

Net working capital 

Days in quarter 
Fourth quarter sales 

Days of working capital employed 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020  

922.8 
533.5 
35.3 
29.0 
(1,135.7) 
(40.3) 

344.6 

92 
1,350.6 

23 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019

849.2
481.6
36.6
34.0
(1,035.6)
(38.1)

327.7

92
1,277.9

24

Dividend Payout Ratio – The ratio of earnings paid out to the shareholders. It provides an indication of how well earnings 
support the dividend payments. Dividend payout is defined as dividends declared divided by earnings, excluding goodwill 
impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items, and tax adjustments, expressed 
as a percentage.

Dividend Payout Ratio 

Dividends declared per equity 

Adjusted earnings 

Dividend payout ratio 

2020 

128.7 

550.5 

$ 

$ 

2019

121.1

496.9

$ 

$ 

23% 

24%

Free Cash Flow from Operations – A measure indicating the relative amount of cash generated by the Company during the 
year and available to fund dividends, debt repayments and acquisitions. It is calculated as cash flow from operations, less 
capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

The  following  table  reconciles  the  measure  of  free  cash  flow  from  operations  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the  annual 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods ended as indicated.

Free Cash Flow from Operations 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Less: Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Add: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow from operations 

  Twelve months ended  
December 31

 2020 

882.9 
(282.8) 
16.2 

$ 

 2019

779.5
(345.6)
9.9

616.3 

$ 

443.8

$ 

$ 

41

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Coverage – A measure indicating the relative amount of operating income earned by the Company compared to the 
amount of net finance cost incurred by the Company. It is calculated as operating income (see definition below), including 
discontinued items, less corporate expense, divided by net finance cost on a twelve-month rolling basis.

The following table reconciles the interest coverage measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated. 

Interest Coverage

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see definition below)  
Less: Corporate expense   

Net finance cost 

Interest coverage 

  Twelve months ended  
December 31

 2020 

823.5 
(46.7) 

776.8 

65.2 

11.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2019

787.3
(49.7)

737.6

81.0

9.1

$ 

$ 

$ 

Net Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company, assuming that all cash on hand is used to repay 
a portion of the outstanding debt. It is defined as current debt including cash advances, plus long-term debt, less cash and 
cash equivalents.

Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA (or “Leverage Ratio”) – A measure that indicates the financial leverage of the Company. It 
indicates the Company’s ability to service its existing debt. 

Operating Income  –  A  measure  indicating  the  profitability  of  the  Company’s  business  units  defined  as  income  before 
corporate expenses, net finance costs, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, restructuring 
and other items, and income taxes.

See the definition of Adjusted EBITDA above for a reconciliation of operating income measures to IFRS measures reported in 
the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Restructuring and Other Items and Tax Adjustments – A measure of significant non-recurring items that are included in 
net earnings. The impact of restructuring and other items and tax adjustments on a per share basis is measured by dividing 
the after-tax income of the restructuring and other items and tax adjustments by the average number of shares outstanding 
in the relevant period. Management will continue to disclose the impact of these items on the Company’s results because 
the timing and extent of such items do not reflect or relate to the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Management 
evaluates the operating income of its segments before the effect of these items.

Return  on  Equity  before  goodwill  impairment  loss,  restructuring  and  other  items,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting 
adjustments, and tax adjustments (“ROE”) – A measure that provides insight into the effective use of shareholder capital 
in generating ongoing net earnings. ROE is calculated by dividing annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss, 
restructuring  and  other  items,  tax  adjustments,  gains  on  business  dispositions  and  non-cash  acquisition  accounting 
adjustments by the average of the beginning and the end-of-year equity. 

42

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROE measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as 
indicated.

Return on Equity 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax)   

Adjusted net earnings 

Average equity 

Return on equity 

  Twelve months ended  
December 31

 2020 

529.7 
20.8 

550.5 

3,090.0 

17.8% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2019

477.1
19.8

496.9

2,785.4

17.8%

$ 

$ 

$ 

Return on sales – A measure indicating relative profitability of sales to customers. It is defined as operating income (see 
definition above) divided by sales, expressed as a percentage.

The following table reconciles the return on sales measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated statements 
of earnings in the segmented information per note 4 of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the 
periods ended as indicated.

Return on Sales 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  Total sales 

Operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  Total operating income 

Return on sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  Total return on sales   

  Three Months Ended  
December 31 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

860.2 
150.8 
189.3 
150.3 

1,350.6 

136.4 
27.0 
32.2 
17.7 

213.3 

15.9% 
17.9% 
17.0% 
11.8% 

15.8% 

2019 

787.1 
170.5 
192.8 
127.5 

1,277.9 

108.1 
34.9 
25.0 
5.9 

173.9 

13.7% 
20.5% 
13.0% 
4.6% 

13.6% 

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,357.6 
634.2 
635.5 
615.0 

5,242.3 

552.8 
113.3 
80.3 
77.1 

823.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

16.5% 
17.9% 
12.6% 
12.5% 

15.7% 

3,300.9
739.0
724.1
557.3

5,321.3

494.3
156.5
96.4
40.1

787.3

15.0%
21.2%
13.3%
7.2%

14.8%

43

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on total capital before goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring 
and other items and tax adjustments (“ROTC”) – A measure of the returns the Company is achieving on capital employed. 
ROTC is calculated by dividing annual net income before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash 
acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the beginning- and the end-of-year equity and 
net debt.

The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROTC measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as 
indicated.

Return on Total Capital 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax)   

Adjusted net earnings 

Average total capital 

Return on total capital 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

529.7 
20.8 

550.5 

4,643.5 

11.9% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

477.1
19.8

496.9

4,594.8

10.8%

Total Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company. It is defined as current debt, including bank 
advances, plus long-term debt.

B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

Accounting Policies

The above analysis and discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based on its consolidated 
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set out in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. 

C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In particular, estimates are used when determining 
the amounts recorded for depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, outstanding 
self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, certain fair value 
measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments 
and also for the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in the businesses acquired over the fair value 
of the underlying net identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising on acquisitions. Goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles 
are not amortized but are required to be tested for impairment at least annually or if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

44

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the 2020 fourth quarter, the Company completed its impairment test as at September 30, 2020. Impairment testing 
for the cash-generating units (“CGU”), CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, and Innovia Segments, was done by a comparison of the unit’s 
carrying amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting future cash flows from the continuing use of the 
unit. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include long-term growth rates of 2% to 5% and pre-tax 
discount rates ranging from 7% to 9%. Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the segments 
and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital for the segment. The Company’s historical growth rates are used 
as a basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing. Significant management judgment is required in 
preparing the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. In 2020 
and 2019, it was determined that the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles was not impaired. Since 
the process of determining fair values requires management judgment regarding projected results and market multiples, a 
change in these assumptions could impact the fair value of the reporting units, resulting in an impairment charge. 

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset may not be recoverable. Performance of this evaluation involves management estimates of the associated business 
plans, economic projections and anticipated cash flows. Specifically, management considers forecasted operating cash 
flows, which are subject to change due to economic conditions, technological changes or changes in operating performance. 
An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset held for use exceeded the discounted cash flow 
or fair value. Changes in these estimates in the future may result in an impairment charge.

Employee Benefits

The Company accrues its obligation under employee benefit plans and related costs net of plan assets. Pension costs are 
determined periodically by independent actuaries. The actuarial determination of the accrued benefit obligations for the plans 
uses the projected unit credit method and incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary escalation, retirement 
age, inflation and other actuarial factors. The cost is then charged as services are rendered. Since these assumptions, which 
are disclosed in note 20 of the 2020 annual consolidated financial statements, involve forward-looking estimates and are 
long-term in nature, they are subject to uncertainty. Actual results may differ, and the differences may be material.

D)  Related Party Transactions

A  summary  of  the  Company’s  related  party  transactions  is  set  out  in  note  27  of  the  2020  annual  consolidated  financial 
statements.

45

2020 Annual Report6.   O U T LO O K 

2020 was a turbulent year, with strong pandemic-related civil restrictions imposed by various regimes in the first quarter 
of the year through early second quarter, subsequent “reopening” mid-year, followed by renewed limitations in the fourth 
quarter creating unprecedented operating challenges. Safety was paramount and the Company met the challenge for its 
employees, customers and suppliers and remained open for business. Each operation right-sized its cost structure to match 
customer activity. The Company maintained its growth strategy adding six new facilities through acquisitions and investing 
$282.8 million in capital expenditures. All in for 2020, the Company posted record adjusted earnings per share of $3.08 per 
Class B share compared to $2.79 per Class B share for 2019, record free cash flow from operations and a strengthened balance 
sheet. 

2021 started with cautious optimism as the worldwide rollout of CV19 vaccinations commenced, the U.S. election process 
concluded, Brexit finally reached a negotiated conclusion and emerging market growth appears to have returned. The long-
term impact of the pandemic on the global economy remains unknown. Commodity and currency markets are likely to 
remain volatile and passing on foreign exchange movement and input cost changes to the Company’s customer base will 
be important. 

The CCL Segment reported a solid year in 2020 compared to 2019, with organic growth and strong profitability improvement 
despite the pandemic. CCL Label and CCL Design remain committed to pursuing new product initiatives, with capacity 
expansion plans in new and existing markets for its core customers where the opportunity meets long-term profitability 
objectives. CCL Secure will continue to develop market-leading security technology to pursue long-term widespread adoption 
of polymer banknotes across the world’s Central Banks. 

Although Avery’s sales and profitability dropped due to significant negative pandemic-related effects on its customers in 
the name and event badging product lines, it retains the highest return on capital of the Company’s four segments for 2020. 
The Avery.com, WePrint and kids’ label businesses should continue to backstop the direct-to-consumer platform. However, 
returns for the name and event badging businesses will not reach pre-pandemic levels until meetings, conventions, concerts 
and sporting events return to normal activity. With the CV19 vaccine rollout underway in North America, a more normalized 
back-to-school season is expected in 2021. 

Checkpoint results temporarily stalled on the retail and apparel industry shutdowns during the first six months of 2020. Unlike 
the Avery Segment, profitability for Checkpoint bounced back strongly in the second half of the year aided by cost savings, 
high ALS label, tag and RFID demand and favorable mix in MAS product lines. For 2021, ALS product lines should benefit from 
cost savings and growth in RFID, while MAS hardware installations, which were stymied in 2020, could return as vaccinations 
will allow consumers back to in-store shopping and increasing the need for EAS products.

2020 financial results for Innovia improved very significantly on dramatic productivity gains, lower input costs in the first half 
and results ahead of expectations for the newly acquired operations in Poland. Significant polypropylene resin cost increases 
emerged in North America in the second half, and to a lesser extent in Europe, and will test contractual pass-through pricing 
mechanisms in 2021. The proprietary new “Ecofloat” shrink film line in Europe will not come on line until early 2022, with 
most of the capital deployed in 2021. 

The Company concluded the year with cash on hand of $703.7 million and unused availability on the revolving credit facility at 
approximately US$1.2 billion. The Company’s liquidity position is robust, with a net debt leverage ratio of 1.24 times adjusted 
EBITDA at the end of the current year, 0.37 turns lower than 2019. As always, the Company remains focused on vigilantly 
managing working capital and prioritizing capital to higher-growth organic opportunities or unique acquisitions expected 
to enhance shareholder value. The Company expects capital expenditures for 2021 to be approximately $330.0 million, 
supporting organic growth and new greenfield opportunities globally. First-quarter orders have been solid so far, but pandemic 
uncertainties remain. Comparisons to 2020 have low hurdles for the first two quarters of 2021, but where the world will be 
in the second half of the year remains uncertain. Should demand hold up at second half of 2020 levels, the Company would 
be set to make good progress in the year ahead.

46

2020 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)KPMG LLP 
100 New Park Place, 
Suite 1400 
Vaughan, ON L4K 0J3 
Tel 905-265 5900 
Fax 905-265 6390 
www.kpmg.ca 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Shareholders of CCL Industries Inc.

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of CCL Industries Inc. (the Entity), which comprise:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

the consolidated income statements for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended

 and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies

(Hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of the Entity as at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and its consolidated financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the “Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Statements” section of our auditors’ report.

We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suff icient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent 
member firms aff iliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 
KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP.

2020 Annual Report

47

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of 
the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. These matters were addressed in the context 
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our auditors’ 
report.

Evaluation of goodwill and brands impairment analysis for each Cash-Generating Unit (CGU)

Description of the matter

We draw attention to Notes 2(d), 3(e(i)), 3(h(i)) and 13 of the financial statements. The goodwill and brands 
balances were $1,918.5 million and $432.3 million respectively. The Entity performs goodwill and indefinite life 
impairment testing annually or more frequently when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of a CGUs fair value, less costs to sell, and its 
value in use. In assessing the value in use, future cash flows were discounted. Key assumptions used in the 
determination of the value in use include growth rates and discount rates.

Why the matter is a key audit matter

We identified the evaluation of goodwill and brands impairment analysis for each CGU as a key audit matter. This 
matter represented an area of significant risk. Significant auditor attention and significant auditor judgment, in 
particular that of senior team members and valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, was 
required in performing and evaluating the results of our procedures.

How the matter was addressed in our audit

The primary procedures we performed to address this key audit matter included the following:

We calculated historical profitability growth rates and compared those rates against the rates predicted by 
the Entity for each CGU. We considered whether the current pandemic environment or internal and external 
communications made by the Entity are indicative of a continuation of, or a change from past experience.

We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in assessing the 
appropriateness of the discount rate of each CGU which was based on weighted average cost of capital (WACC) 
by comparing the Entity’s WACC to a WACC range that was independently developed using publicly available 
market data including risk premiums, betas and debt to capital ratios for comparable entities.

We assessed the reasonableness of the recoverable amount of goodwill and brand assets for each CGU 
by developing an estimated recoverable amount using the Entity’s future cash flows for each CGU and the 
independently developed discount rate developed by valuation professionals above, and comparing the result to 
the Entity’s estimated recoverable amount for each CGU.

We performed sensitivity analyses over key assumptions and assessed their impact on the Entity’s determination 
that the estimated recoverable amount of each CGU exceeded the carrying amount of the CGU.

48 

2020 Annual Report

Other Information

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises:

• 

• 

 the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian 
Securities Commissions.

 the information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a 
document likely to be entitled “Annual Report”.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other 
information appears to be materially misstated.

We obtained the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian 
Securities Commissions as at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we have performed on this 
other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact in the auditors’ report.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document 
likely to be entitled “Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditors’ report. If, 
based on the work we will perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact to those charged with governance.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process.

2020 Annual Report

49

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

We also:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud 
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is 
suff icient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control.

 Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
eff ectiveness of the Entity's internal control.

 Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity's ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to 
the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

 Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a 
manner that achieves fair presentation.

50 

2020 Annual Report

 
- 

- 

- 

- 

 Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit.

 Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters 
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 Obtain suff icient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business 
activities within the group Entity to express an opinion on the financial statements. We are responsible for 
the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit 
opinion.

 Determine, from the matters communicated with those charged with governance, those matters that 
were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore 
the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should not be communicated in our auditors’ report because the adverse consequences of doing so 
would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Tammy L. Brown.

Vaughan, Canada

February 24, 2021

2020 Annual Report

51

C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N 

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

As at December 31 

Assets 
Current assets 
  Cash and cash equivalents 
  Trade and other receivables 
  Inventories 
  Prepaid expenses 
  Income taxes recoverable 
  Derivative instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Right-of-use assets  
  Goodwill 
  Intangible assets 
  Deferred tax assets 
  Equity-accounted investments 
  Other assets 
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
  Trade and other payables 
  Current portion of long-term debt   
  Lease liabilities 
  Income taxes payable   
  Derivative instruments 

Total current liabilities  

Non-current liabilities   
  Long-term debt 
  Lease liabilities 
  Deferred tax liabilities  
  Employee benefits 
  Provisions and other long-term liabilities  
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
  Share capital 
  Contributed surplus 
  Retained earnings 
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company 

  Acquisitions 
  Commitments and contingencies 
  Subsequent event 

Total liabilities and equity 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

52

  Note 

2020 

2019

6 
7 
8 

24 

10 
11 
 12,13 
 12,13 
15 
9 

24 

14 
18 

24 

18 

15 
20 

24 

16 

29 

5 
26 
31 

$ 

$ 

703.7 
922.8 
533.5 
35.3 
29.0 
0.4 

703.6
849.2
481.6
36.6
34.0
-

2,224.7 

2,105.0

1,882.7 
158.4 
1,918.5 
1,007.6 
42.7 
66.1 
26.8 
9.2 

5,112.0 

$ 

7,336.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,135.7 
51.8 
34.2 
40.3 
 — 

1,262.0 

1,889.4 
119.2 
270.8 
385.1 
10.9 
117.1 

2,792.5 

4,054.5 

396.8 
90.1 
2,937.5 
(142.2) 

3,282.2 

1,818.2
146.5
1,794.4
1,028.7
30.8
62.0
34.5
17.9

4,933.0

7,038.0

1,035.6
38.8
35.3
38.1
0.2

1,148.0

2,234.8
110.9
245.4
364.9
11.4
24.9

2,992.3

4,140.3

365.5
81.5
2,540.0
(89.3)

2,897.7

$ 

7,336.7 

$ 

7,038.0

Donald G. Lang
Director

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director 

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   I N C O M E   S TAT E M E N T S

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Years ended December 31 

Sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 

Net finance cost 

Earnings before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings  

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

  Note 

30 

19 
19 
11 

22 

17 

17 

2020 

5,242.3 
3,740.1 

1,502.2 
725.4 
27.6 
(9.5) 

758.7 

67.9 
(9.1) 
6.4 

65.2 

693.5 
163.8 

529.7 

2.96 

2.94 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019

5,321.3
3,809.1

1,512.2
774.6
25.0
(5.4)

718.0

86.7
(12.0)
6.3

81.0

637.0
159.9

477.1

2.68

2.66

53

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
  Foreign currency translation adjustment for foreign operations, net of  

tax expense of $5.0 for the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 – tax recovery of $7.8)  

  Net gains (losses) on hedges of net investment in foreign operations, net of  

tax recovery of $7.9 for the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 – tax expense of $15.6) 

  Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax expense  

  of $0.1 for the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 – nil)  

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement, net of  
  tax recovery of nil for the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 – tax recovery of $0.1) 
Actuarial losses on defined benefit post-employment plans, net of tax recovery  
  of $1.3 for the year ended December 31, 2020 (2019 – tax recovery of $10.5) 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  

Total comprehensive income 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

2020 

$ 

529.7 

$ 

2019

477.1

— 

(53.3) 

0.3 

0.1 

(3.5) 

(56.4) 

(230.4)

105.6

(0.1)

0.4

(54.9)

(179.4)

$ 

473.3 

$ 

297.7

54

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Class A 
Shares 
(note 16) 

Class B 
Shares 
(note 16) 

Shares 
Held 
in Trust 
(note 16) 

Total 
Share  Contributed 
Surplus 

Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 

Total 
Equity 
Comprehensive  Attributable
to 
(Loss)  Shareholders

Income 

Retained 
Earnings 

Balance, January 1, 2019 

  $ 

4.5  $ 

331.8  $ 

(30.0)  $ 

306.3 

$ 

92.7  $ 

2,238.9 

$ 

35.2  $ 

2,673.1

Net earnings 
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial losses, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Shares purchased and held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive loss 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
3.1 
— 
— 
26.1 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

477.1 

— 

477.1

— 
— 
— 
— 
30.0 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
3.1 
30.0  
— 
26.1 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
12.1 
(30.0) 
10.2 
(4.4) 
0.9 
— 

(7.9) 
(113.2) 
(54.9) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(124.5)   

(7.9)
(113.2)
(54.9)
15.2
—
10.2
21.7
0.9
(124.5)

Balance, December 31, 2019   

  $ 

4.5  $ 

361.0  $ 

—  $ 

365.5 

$ 

81.5  $ 

2,540.0 

$ 

(89.3)  $ 

2,897.7

Net earnings  
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial losses, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive loss 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
31.3 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
31.3 
— 
— 

— 

529.7 

— 

529.7

— 
— 
— 
8.5 
5.8 
(5.5) 
(0.2) 
— 

(8.4) 
(120.3) 
(3.5) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(52.9)   

(8.4)
(120.3)
(3.5)
8.5
5.8
25.8
(0.2)
(52.9)

Balance, December 31, 2020 

  $ 

4.5  $ 

392.3  $ 

—  $ 

396.8 

$ 

90.1  $  2,937.5 

$  (142.2)  $  3,282.2

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

55

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Cash provided by (used for) 

Operating activities 
Net earnings 
Adjustments for: 
  Property, plant and equipment depreciation 
  Right-of-use assets depreciation 
  Intangible amortization 
  Earnings in equity-accounted investments, net of dividends received 
  Net finance costs 
  Current income tax expense 
  Deferred tax expense   
  Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
  Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

  Change in inventories  
  Change in trade and other receivables 
  Change in prepaid expenses 
  Change in trade and other payables  
  Change in income taxes receivable and payable 
  Change in employee benefits 
  Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Cash provided by operating activities 

Financing activities 
  Proceeds on issuance of long-term debt 
  Repayment of long-term debt 
  Repayment of lease liabilities 
  Proceeds from issuance of shares 
  Dividends paid 

Cash used for financing activities 

Investing activities 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment 
  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
  Business acquisitions and other long-term investments (note 5) 

Cash used for investing activities 

  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
  Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

56

2020 

2019

$ 

529.7 

$ 

477.1

247.5 
41.4 
57.5 
(6.0) 
65.2 
149.1 
14.7 
14.1 
(2.4) 

1,110.8 
(38.5) 
(43.2) 
2.2 
48.7 
9.7 
20.2 
(29.0) 

1,080.9 
(59.4) 
(138.6) 

882.9 

916.3 
(1,230.5) 
(44.2) 
25.8 
(128.7) 

(461.3) 

(282.8) 
16.2 
(161.4) 

(428.0) 

(6.4) 
703.6 
6.5 

$ 

703.7 

$ 

234.0
39.1
56.5
(2.1)
81.0
122.6
37.3
26.3
(3.6)

1,068.2
44.5
90.8
(1.8)
(197.1)
(1.7)
44.9
(63.9)

983.9
(72.3)
(132.1)

779.5

175.1
(294.9)
(37.0)
21.7
(121.1)

(256.2)

(345.6)
9.9
(40.4)

(376.1)

147.2
589.1
(32.7)

703.6

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

1 .   R E P O R T I N G   E N T I T Y

CCL Industries Inc. (the “Company”) is a public company, listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada. These consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 
2020 and 2019, comprise the results of the Company, its subsidiaries and its interest in joint ventures and associates. The 
Company has manufacturing facilities around the world and is primarily involved in the manufacture of labels, consumer 
printable media products, technology-driven label solutions, polymer banknote substrates and specialty films. 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to COVID-19 (“CV19”). The impacts on 
global  commerce  have  been,  and  are  anticipated  to  continue  to  be,  far  reaching.  CV19  has  resulted  in  unprecedented 
governmental  actions  in  multiple  jurisdictions,  including  the  closure  of  workplaces  determined  to  be  non-essential,  the 
imposition of new health and monitoring requirements and the imposition of restrictions on the international, national and 
local movement of people and some goods. There have been significant disruptions to business operations, supply chains 
and  customer  activity  and  demand;  service  cancellations,  reductions  and  other  changes;  the  imposition  of  quarantines 
and curfews; as well as considerable general concern and uncertainty. There has been significant stock market volatility 
and significant volatility in foreign exchange and commodity markets. While CV19-related governmental and public health 
imposed restrictions were partially relaxed in a number of jurisdictions during the second and third quarters of 2020, renewed, 
and in some instances, heightened restrictions have since been imposed or are contemplated in multiple jurisdictions. While 
the Company’s operations have been determined by most jurisdictions to be essential businesses and have continued to 
operate throughout the pandemic with limited disruptions, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case 
throughout the duration of the CV19 pandemic or that such plants will operate at pre-pandemic staffing and production levels. 
CV19 continues to have varying impacts by geography and sector on the Company’s employees, suppliers and customers and 
on the demand for the respective products that the Company and its customers produce. While the introduction, beginning 
in late 2020, of vaccines designed to offer protection against CV19 offers the possibility of a reduction in the duration of the 
pandemic, the time needed for widespread availability and distribution of such vaccines, their duration and efficacy against 
varying strains of CV19, as well as the levels of public participation in inoculation programs, remain uncertain. The duration 
of the pandemic and its impact on the Company’s financial performance and position is an area of estimation uncertainty 
and judgement, which is continuously monitored and reflected in management’s estimates.

2 .     B A S I S   O F   P R E PA R AT I O N

(a)   Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) and IFRS interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 24, 2021.

(b)  Basis of measurement 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items in the 
consolidated statements of financial position:

•  Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; 

•  Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value; and

•   Assets related to the defined benefit plans are measured at fair value and liabilities related to the defined benefit plans are 

calculated by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method 

(c)  Presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s presentation currency. 
All financial information, except per share information, is presented in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

57

2020 Annual Report(d)  Use of estimates and judgements

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of recognized transactions and balances.

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgements, apart from those 
involving estimations, that can significantly affect the amounts it recognizes in the financial statements. 

Judgements, estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors 
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

The Company has applied judgement in its assessment of the classification of financial instruments, the recognition and 
derecognition of tax losses and provisions, the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the identification of the 
indicators of impairment for property and equipment and intangible assets, the level of componentization of property and 
equipment and the allocation of purchase price adjustments on business combinations. 

Estimates  are  used  when  determining  the  amounts  recorded  for  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment, intangible assets and right-of-use assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment 
benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, lease liabilities, certain fair value measures, including those related to the 
valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments and in the valuation of goodwill and 
intangible assets.

3 .     S I G N I F I C A N T   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all comparative information presented in these 
consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations

The  Company  measures  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  including  the  recognized  amount  of 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase 
gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company elects to measure, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, non-
controlling interest either at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets 
at the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the 
Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

(ii)  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, when necessary, 
to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.

(iii)  Associates and joint arrangements

The Company’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates and joint ventures.

Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial 
and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 50% of the 
voting power of another entity. 

The Company classifies its interest in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Company has rights to the assets 
and has obligations for the liabilities relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Company has the rights only to the 
net assets of an arrangement). When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, the 
legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.

58

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)Investments  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  and  are  recognized  initially  at 
cost. The Company's investments include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company's share of the income and expenses and equity movements of 
equity-accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date 
that significant influence commences until the date that it ceases. When the Company's share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to nil 
and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has made 
payments on behalf of the investee.

(vi)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Inter-company balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from inter-company transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-
accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company's interest in the investee. Unrealized 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

(b)  Foreign currency

(i)  Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company’s entities using 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
reporting date are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in the foreign currency translated 
at the exchange rate at the end of the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are measured at fair value are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was 
determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except 
for differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign 
operation or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (see note 3(b)(iii)). 
Foreign currency-denominated non-monetary items, measured at historical cost, have been translated at the rate of exchange 
at the transaction date.

The financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are 
translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations 
are translated into Canadian dollars using the average exchange rates for the period.

(ii)  Foreign operations

Foreign  currency  differences  are  recognized  directly  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  within  the  foreign 
currency translation adjustment.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the amount in other comprehensive income related to the foreign operation is fully 
transferred to the consolidated income statement. A disposal occurs when the entire interest in the foreign operation is 
disposed of or, in the case of a partial disposal, when the partial disposal results in the loss of control of a subsidiary or the 
loss of significant influence. For any partial disposal of the Company’s interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, 
the Company re-attributes the proportionate share of the relevant amounts in other comprehensive income to non-controlling 
interests. For any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the Company reclassifies to the consolidated income statement 
only the proportionate share of the relevant amount in other comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from, or payable to, a foreign operation, the 
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in 
a foreign operation and are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within the foreign currency 
translation adjustment.

59

2020 Annual Report(iii)  Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation

The Company applies hedge accounting to the foreign currency exposure arising between the functional currency of the 
foreign operation and the parent entity’s functional currency, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly or 
through an intermediate parent.

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a 
foreign operation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the consolidated income statement. When the hedged 
part of a net investment is disposed of or partially disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is transferred to 
the consolidated income statement as an adjustment to the consolidated income statement on disposal, in accordance with 
the policy described in note 3(b)(ii).

(c)  Financial instruments 

(i)  Financial assets and liabilities

The Company recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently measures them at 
either fair value or amortized cost based on the following classifications:

Amortized cost:

The Company classifies financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows at amortized cost, including cash and cash 
equivalents and trade and other receivables. The Company initially recognizes the carrying amount of such assets on the 
consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  at  fair  value  plus  directly  attributable  transaction  costs,  and  subsequently 
measures them at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”):

Financial assets purchased and financial liabilities incurred, with the intention of generating earnings in the near term, are 
classified as FVTPL. This category includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities that do not qualify for hedge accounting, 
if any. For items classified as FVTPL, the Company initially recognizes such financial assets on the consolidated statement 
of financial position at fair value and recognizes subsequent changes in the consolidated income statement. Transaction 
costs incurred are expensed in the consolidated income statements. The Company does not currently hold any assets and 
liabilities designated as FVTPL. 

Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”):

This category includes the Company’s investments in securities. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair 
value on the consolidated statement of financial position and changes therein are recognized in other comprehensive income. 
When an investment is derecognized, the accumulated gain or loss in other comprehensive income is not transferred to the 
consolidated income statement.

Other financial liabilities:

This category is for financial liabilities that are not classified as FVTPL or FVTOCI and includes trade and other payables and 
long-term debt. These financial liabilities are recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.

(ii) 

 Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest-rate-risk exposure and price-
risk exposure related to the purchase of raw materials. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and 
accounted for separately. If the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are 
not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a 
derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through the income statement. Changes in the fair 
value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) 
and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together 
with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes periodic 
assessments of prospective hedge effectiveness. 

60

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market prices, if available. If a listed market price is not 
available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current 
forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting 
estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for a similar 
instrument at the measurement date.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take into account the credit risk of the group 
entity and counterparty when appropriate.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the 
effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented 
in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit 
or loss in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss, under the same line item in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative 
is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or 
the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  in  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  in  equity 
remains there until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. 
If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized 
immediately in profit or loss. In other cases, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the 
consolidated income statement in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments. Changes 
in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated income statement, 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

(d)  Property, plant and equipment

(i)  Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working 
condition for their intended uses, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they 
are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of that 
equipment. 

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on the amount for 
which a property could be exchanged on the date of valuation between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length 
transaction.

Borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the cost 
of the assets. 

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items 
(major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

61

2020 Annual ReportThe cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is 
probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant 
and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii)  Depreciation 

Depreciation is calculated based on the cost of the asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value. 

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of 
property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic 
benefits embodied in the asset. 

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

•  Buildings  
•  Machinery and equipment  
•  Fixtures and fittings  
•  Minor components  

 Up to 40 years  
 Up to 20 years  
 Up to 10 years  
  Up to 5 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 

(e)  Intangible assets

(i)  Goodwill

Goodwill  arises  on  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  and  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For measurement of goodwill at initial recognition, 
see note 3(a)(i).

Subsequent measurement

Goodwill is measured at cost, less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity-accounted investments, the carrying 
amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment.

(ii)  Other intangible assets

Indefinite life intangibles, such as brands, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  patents,  trademarks,  brands,  software  and  the  value  of  acquired  customer  relationships. 
Impairment losses for intangible assets where the carrying value is not recoverable are measured based on fair value. Fair 
value is calculated by using discounted cash flows. 

The fair values of customer relationships acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess 
earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part of creating 
the related cash flows. 

The fair values of brands acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess earnings method 
or the relief of royalty method, whereby the value of the brand is equal to the royalty savings from having ownership as 
opposed to licensing the brand. 

Amortization is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 
intangible assets, other than indefinite-life intangible assets, such as brands and goodwill, from the date that they are available 
for use. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years are as follows: 

•  Patents, trademarks and other 
•  Customer relationships 
•  Brands and goodwill 

Up to 15 years 
Up to 20 years 
Indefinite-life

62

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)  
  
  
(f)  Leases

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the 
underlying asset is of low value. The right-of-use asset is measured based on the initial value of the lease liability adjusted 
for lease payments made at or before the commencement of the lease, initial direct costs and estimated dismantling and 
restoring costs. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the asset’s useful life, unless it is 
reasonably certain the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, in which case the asset is depreciated 
over its useful life. 

The  lease  liability  is  measured  at  the  present  value  of  all  future  lease  payments  discounted  at  the  lessee’s  incremental 
borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method whereby interest is 
recognized in profit or loss over the lease term.

The Company has adopted the practical expedients related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets whereby lease 
obligations associated with these leases are recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement when incurred.

(g)  Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, first-out 
principle and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs, and other costs 
incurred in bringing them to their existing locations and conditions. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in 
progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion 
and selling.

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the 
effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

Estimates regarding obsolete and slow-moving inventory are also computed.

(h)  Impairment

(i)  Financial assets, including receivables

A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence 
that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates an expected credit loss (“ECL”). 
Loss allowances are measured on the basis of lifetime ECLs where losses are recognized from all possible default events over 
the expected life of a financial instrument. 

The Company considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortized cost at both a specific asset and 
a collective level. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost are assessed for specific impairment. 
All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost that are found not to be specifically impaired are then 
collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. 

In assessing collective impairment, the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and 
the amount of expected loss, adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current and expected future economic 
and  credit  conditions  are  such  that  the  expected  losses  are  likely  to  be  greater  than  or  less  than  those  suggested  by 
historical trends. 

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its 
carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate and 
reflected in an allowance account against trade receivables. Losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement. 
When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed 
through profit or loss.

63

2020 Annual Report(ii)  Non-financial assets 

The carrying amounts of non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting 
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the impairment would be 
recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Impairments are recorded when the expected recoverable amount of assets is less than their carrying amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s or a cash-generating unit’s fair value, less the cost to sell and its value in use. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment 
testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash 
inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. For the 
purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the CGU, or the group 
of CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment 
ceiling test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. An impairment 
loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses 
are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses, other than those relating to goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals 
when events or changes in circumstances warrant such consideration. 

The carrying values of finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-life 
intangibles are tested annually for impairment. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior 
years are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the losses have decreased or no longer exist. An impairment 
loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss 
is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an equity-accounted investment is not recognized separately and therefore 
is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the equity-accounted investment is tested for impairment 
as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the equity-accounted investment may be impaired.

(i)  Employee benefits

(i)  Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated income statement in the 
period that the service is rendered by the employee.

(ii)  Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company's net obligation 
in respect of defined benefit post-employment plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future 
benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to 
determine its present value using a discount rate comparable to high-quality corporate bonds. Any unrecognized past service 
costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the 
projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the recognized asset is limited to the 
total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future 
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit is available to the Company if it 
is realizable during the life of the plan or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is 
recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become 
vested.  To  the  extent  that  the  benefits  vest  immediately,  the  expense  is  recognized  immediately  in  the  consolidated 
income statement.

The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive 
income immediately and reports them in retained earnings.

64

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)The Company determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the discount 
rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit 
liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the period as a result of the contributions 
and benefit balances. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are recognized in profit 
or loss. 

(iii)  Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility 
of  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan  to  either  terminate  employment  before  the  normal  retirement  date  or  provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary 
redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the 
offer will be accepted and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable more than 12 months 
after the reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. 

(iv)  Short-term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized as the related service 
is provided.

(v)  Share-based payment transactions

For equity-settled share-based plans, the grant-date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an employee 
expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options for which the related 
service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met. The fair value of employee stock options is measured 
using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement date, the exercise price of 
the instrument, the expected volatility, the weighted-average expected life of the instrument, the expected dividends, and 
the risk-free interest rate. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into 
account in determining fair value.

For equity-settled share-based deferred share unit (“DSU”) plans, the grant-date fair value of deferred share units is recognized 
as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity. The grant-date fair value is not subsequently remeasured. 
The value of DSUs received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel expense in selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated income statement.

(j)  Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions 
are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost. 

(k)  Revenue

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. Revenue is recognized as performance 
obligations are satisfied and the Company transfers control of a product or service to a customer. For performance obligations 
satisfied at a point in time, revenue is recognized when the Company has a present right to payment, the buyer has legal title 
to the asset, physical possession of the asset has transferred to the buyer, the buyer has the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership and the buyer has accepted the asset. Generally, the buyer obtains control at the time goods are shipped, the 
product is delivered or services are rendered. For performance obligations satisfied over time, revenue is recognized by 
measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. For customer contracts that contain 
multiple performance obligations, each element is treated separately for revenue recognition purposes. For these contracts, 
the total transaction price is allocated to each obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price. Revenue is then 
recognized for each obligation when the relevant recognition criteria are met.

Certain contracts with customers contain incentives, including the payment of discounts based on quantities purchased. 
These incentives represent variable consideration and are estimated and recognized as a reduction of related revenues. 

65

2020 Annual Report(l)  Finance income and costs 

Finance income comprises interest income on invested funds, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, and 
gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Interest income is recognized as it 
accrues in the consolidated income statement, using the effective interest method. 

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value 
of financial assets at FVTPL, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are 
recognized in the consolidated income statement. All borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated income statement 
using the effective interest method, except for those amounts capitalized as part of the cost of qualifying property, plant and 
equipment.

(m)  Taxation

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the consolidated income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 
In such cases, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

(i)  Current tax

Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are not taxable or not deductible. Current 
tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and 
includes any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in 
tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. Provisions are established 
where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

(ii)   Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated using tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and which are expected 
to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.

(iii)  Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized 
for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

(iv)  Deferred tax assets

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed 
at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. 

Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill or in respect of 
temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets and liabilities acquired other than in a business combination 
and that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

(n) 

 Share capital

All shares are recorded as equity. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes 
directly attributable costs, net of any tax effect, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified 
as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When repurchased shares are subsequently sold or 
reissued, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction 
is transferred to retained earnings.

(o) 

 Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its Class B shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 
dividing net earnings attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting net earnings attributable to shareholders and the weighted average 
number of shares outstanding for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which primarily comprise share options granted 
to employees.

66

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)(p)  Segment reporting

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Company that is engaged either in providing related products and services 
(business segment) or in providing products and services within a particular economic environment (geographical segment) 
and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other segments. Segment information is presented 
in respect of the Company’s business and geographical segments. The Company’s primary format for segment reporting is 
based on business segments. The business segments are determined based on the Company’s management and internal 
reporting structure.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly other investments and related revenue, loans and borrowings 
and related expenses, corporate assets (primarily the Company’s headquarters) and head office expenses. Segment capital 
expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, other 
than goodwill.

(q)  Government grants

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the Company 
will comply with conditions attached to the grant. Government grants for compensation of expenses are deducted from 
the related expense on a systematic basis in the periods in which the original expenses are recognized in profit or loss. 
Government grants related to assets are initially recognized as deferred income at fair value and then recognized in profit or 
loss as other income on a systematic basis over the useful life of the related asset. 

4 .    S E G M E N T   R E P O R T I N G

(a) 

 Business segments

The  Company  has  four  reportable  segments,  as  described  below,  which  are  the  Company’s  main  business  units.  The 
business units offer different products and services and are managed separately as they require different technology and 
marketing strategies. For each of the business units, the Company’s CEO, the chief operating decision maker, reviews internal 
management reports regularly. 

The Company's reportable segments are the following: 

•   CCL is a converter of pressure sensitive and specialty extruded film materials for a wide range of decorative, instructional, 
functional and security applications for government institutions and large global customers in the consumer packaging, 
healthcare & chemicals, consumer electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded & laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated & die cut components, electronic displays, 
polymer  banknote  substrate  and  other  complementary  products  and  services  are  sold  in  parallel  to  specific  end-use 
markets.

•   Avery is a supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses 
and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass-market retailers. The products 
are split into three primary lines: (1) Printable Media, including address labels, shipping labels, marketing and product 
identification labels, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software solutions; (2) Organizational 
Products Group, including binders, sheet protectors, indexes & dividers and writing instruments; (3) Direct-to-Consumer 
digitally imaged media, including labels, business cards, name badges, event badges, wristbands and family-oriented 
identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs.

•   Checkpoint  is  a  manufacturer  of  technology-driven  loss-prevention,  inventory-management  and  labeling  solutions, 
including radio frequency and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The 
Segment has three primary product lines: Merchandise Availability Solutions (“MAS”), Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) 
and “Meto.” The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags 
for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some 
of which are RFID capable. Meto supplies hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays.

•   Innovia supplies specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene ("BOPP") 
films from facilities in Australia, Belgium, Mexico, Poland and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) to customers in the pressure-
sensitive label materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide. Additionally, a small 
percentage of the total volume is sold internally to CCL Secure while two smaller film facilities, in Germany and the U.S., 
produce almost their entire output for CCL Label.

67

2020 Annual ReportCCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings 

Operating Income

$ 

2020 

3,357.6 
634.2 
635.5 
615.0 

$ 

Sales 

2019 

3,300.9 
739.0 
724.1 
557.3 

$ 

$ 

2020 

552.8 
113.3  
80.3 
77.1 

$ 

5,242.3 

$ 

5,321.3 

$ 

823.5 

$ 

(46.7) 
(27.6) 
9.5 
(67.9) 
9.1 
(6.4) 
(163.8) 

2019

494.3
156.5 
96.4
40.1

787.3

(49.7)
(25.0)
5.4
(86.7)
12.0
(6.3)
(159.9)

Total Assets 

Total Liabilities

Depreciation 
and Amortization 

Capital Expenditures

$ 

529.7 

$ 

477.1

December 31 

2020 

2019 

  2020 

2019 

2020  

2019 

2020 

2019

CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Equity-accounted investments  
Corporate 

$  3,805.6 
  707.1 
  975.1 
  1,145.9 
66.1 
636.9 

$  3,634.3 
638.2 
934.1 
  1,090.8 
62.0 
678.6 

$  1,066.8 
231.9 
497.7 
288.7 
— 
  1,969.4 

$  964.1 
236.7 
486.8 
261.7 
— 
  2,191.0 

$  231.3 
26.4 
38.2 
48.9 
— 
1.6 

$  221.4 
24.1 
37.8 
44.7 
— 
1.6 

$  197.8 
22.0 
22.0 
41.0 
— 
— 

$  272.7
13.5
28.9
30.2
—
0.3

Total 

$  7,336.7 

$  7,038.0 

$  4,054.5 

$ 4,140.3 

$  346.4 

$  329.6 

$  282.8 

$  345.6

All  revenues  are  from  products  and  services  transferred  at  a  point  in  time,  except  $69.6  million  for  the  twelve-month 
periods ended December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $78.6 million), which are for installation and maintenance service 
arrangements within the Checkpoint Segment.

(b) Geographical segments

The CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments are managed on a worldwide basis but operate in the following geographical 
areas:

•  Canada; 
•  United States and Puerto Rico; 
•  Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina; 
•  Europe; and 
•  Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand.

Canada 
United States and Puerto Rico 
Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina 
Europe 
Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand 

$ 

$ 

2020 

126.1 
2,086.2 
431.4 
1,697.9 
900.7 

Sales 

2019 

134.2 
2,152.3 
439.9 
1,656.1 
938.8 

$ 

2020 

71.2 
1,197.5 
522.8 
1,719.1 
1,298.2 

Property, Plant and  
Equipment, Goodwill  
and Intangible Assets

$ 

2019

62.7
1,153.8
572.3
1,597.5
1,255.0

Consolidated 

$ 

5,242.3 

$ 

5,321.3 

$ 

4,808.8 

$ 

4,641.3

 The geographical segment is determined based on the location from which the sale is made.

68

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   AC Q U I S I T I O N S 

(a) Acquisitions in 2020

In January 2020, the Company acquired IDentilam Limited ("IDentilam") based in Horsham, U.K., for approximately $2.9 million, 
net of cash acquired. The company designs and develops a range of software solutions for event badging and identification 
cards along with digital printing services. IDentilam was added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

In January 2020, the Company acquired I.D.&C. World Holdco Ltd ("ID&C"), with operations in Tunbridge Wells, U.K., and 
Bradenton, Florida, for approximately $35.5 million, net of cash acquired. ID&C is a global leader in live event badges and 
wristbands. ID&C was added to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

In January 2020, the Company acquired privately owned Ibertex Etiquetaje Industrial S.L.U. and Eti-Textil Maroc S.a.r.l. AU 
("Eti-Textil"), for approximately $20.1 million, net of cash and debt. Eti-Textil, headquartered in Elche, Spain, with satellite 
manufacturing in Tangier, Morocco, is an apparel label producer that was integrated into the Apparel Labeling Solutions 
business of Checkpoint.

In February 2020, the Company acquired the remaining 50% interest in its aluminum slug joint venture, Rheinfelden Americas, 
LLC ("Rheinfelden"), by assuming $18.8 million of net debt previously held in the venture. The business immediately changed 
its name to CCL Metal Science and reported within the CCL Segment.

In February 2020, the Company acquired Clinical Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), based in Garden City, New York, for approximately 
$19.7 million, net of cash acquired. CSI is a specialized provider to the U.S. clinical trials industry and operates as part of 
CCL Label’s Healthcare and Specialty business.

In March 2020, the Company acquired Flexpol Sp. Z.o.o. ("Flexpol"), a privately owned company based in Plock, Poland, for 
approximately $23.5 million, net of cash acquired. Flexpol is a leading producer of BOPP film for the European market and 
was added to the Innovia Segment.

In July 2020, the Company acquired InTouch Labels and Packaging, Co., Inc. (“InTouch”), based near Boston, Massachusetts, 
for approximately $11.1 million, net of cash and debt. InTouch is a specialized short-run digital label converter and was added 
to Avery’s direct-to-consumer operations.

In October 2020, the Company acquired Graphic West International ApS (“GWI”), headquartered in Denmark, with operations 
in Europe and North America, for approximately $35.2 million, net of cash and debt. This new operation brings expanded 
capabilities and geographic reach in digitally printed cartons for the pharmaceutical industry. The company now trades as 
“CCL Specialty Cartons”.

In  November  2020,  the  Company  acquired  privately  owned  Super  Enterprises  Printing  (Malaysia)  Sdn.  Bnd.  (“SEP”)  for 
approximately  $15.4  million,  net  of  cash.  SEP  headquarterd  in  Kuala  Lumpur,  with  a  second  manufacturing  operation  in 
Guangzhou, China. SEP manufactures decorative panels, liquid crystal and touch-screen display covers and in-mould decorated 
components for the consumer electronics and automotive sectors across Asia. The company now trades as “CCL Design.” 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  allocation  of  the  consideration  to  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities  assumed  for  the  IDentilam,  ID&C,  Eti-Textil,  CSI,  Rheinfelden,  Flexpol,  InTouch,  GWI  and  SEP  acquisitions: 

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
Assumed debt 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Income tax recoverable   
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

$ 

161.4 
20.8

182.2 

30.4 
13.4 
0.9 
1.7 
59.2 
7.2 
96.8
24.0
(34.3)
(4.7)
(9.6)
(2.8)

$ 

182.2 

69

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired for GWI and SEP are based upon preliminary estimates 
and assumptions. The Company will continue to review information prior to finalizing the fair value of the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed. The actual fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed may differ from the amounts noted 
above.

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of operations. The 
total amount of goodwill and intangible assets for IDentilam, ID&C, Eti-Textil, CSI, Rheinfelden, Flexpol, InTouch, GWI and SEP 
is $120.8 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the combined sales and net earnings that the newly acquired IDentilam, ID&C, Eti-Textil, CSI, 
Rheinfelden, Flexpol, InTouch, GWI and SEP have contributed to the Company for the current reporting period.

Sales 

Net earnings  

(b)  Pro forma information

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

100.5

3.3

The pro forma consolidated financial information below has been prepared following the accounting policies of the Company 
as if the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2020.

The pro forma consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily 
indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken 
place  on  the  dates  indicated,  or  the  future  consolidated  results  of  operations  or  financial  position  of  the  consolidated 
company. Future results may vary significantly from the pro forma results presented. 

The  historical  consolidated  financial  information  has  been  adjusted  in  preparing  the  pro  forma  consolidated  financial 
information to give effect to events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with 
respect to revenues and earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of CCL Industries Inc. As such, the 
impact from acquisition-related expenses is not included in the accompanying pro forma consolidated financial information. 
The pro forma consolidated financial information does not reflect any cost savings (or associated costs to achieve such 
savings) from operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructuring that could result from the acquisitions. 

The following table summarizes the sales and net earnings of the Company combined with IDentilam, ID&C, Eti-Textil, CSI, 
Rheinfelden, Flexpol, InTouch, GWI and SEP as though the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2020:

Sales 

Net earnings  

(c) 

 Acquisitions in 2019

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

5,318.8

536.8

In January 2019, the Company acquired Olympic Holding B.V. and its related subsidiaries (“Olympic”), a privately-owned 
company based in Venray, Netherlands, for approximately $13.6 million, net of cash acquired. Olympic is a start-up technology 
company with a proprietary, patented process to produce high-bond, acrylic foam tapes without the use of solvents for 
applications in the automotive, electronics and construction industries. Olympic was added to the CCL Segment.

In January 2019, the Company acquired Easy2Name Limited (“E2N”), a privately owned company based near Newbury in the 
U.K. for approximately $2.5 million, net of cash acquired. E2N expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online digital print offering 
of durable, personalized “kids' labels” to the U.K. market. E2N was added to the Avery Segment.

In March 2019, the Company and its joint-venture partner each invested an additional $0.7 million in Rheinfelden Americas, 
LLC, a supplier of aluminum slugs for aerosol cans. 

In April 2019, the Company acquired Hinsitsu Screen (Vietnam) Company Limited (“Hinsitsu”), based in Hanoi, with a second 
manufacturing operation in Ho Chi Minh City, for approximately $12.9 million, net of cash acquired. Hinsitsu is a leading 
supplier of durable and tamper-evident labels and graphic overlays for the electronics industry in Vietnam. Hinsitsu was 
added to the CCL Segment.

70

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In May 2019, the Company acquired Colle À Moi Inc. ("CAM"), a privately owned company based in Quebec City, Canada, for 
approximately $3.1 million, net of cash acquired. CAM adds to Avery's direct-to-consumer online digital print capabilities for 
personalized "kids' labels".

In June 2019, the Company acquired Say it Personally Limited (“STS”), a privately owned company based near East Grinstead 
in the U.K. for approximately $0.4 million, net of cash acquired. STS is a manufacturer of durable, personalized garment tags 
for the U.K. market and expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online product offerings.

In November 2019, the Company acquired the shares of Stuck On You Holdings Pty Ltd and Stuck on You Trading Pty Ltd 
(collectively, “SOY”), two privately owned companies based in Melbourne, Australia, for approximately $7.2 million, net of cash 
acquired. SOY adds to Avery's direct-to-consumer online digital print capabilities for personalized "kids' labels".

The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the Olympic, E2N, Hinsitsu, CAM, STS and SOY acquisitions:

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Goodwill 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Income taxes payable 

Net assets acquired 

6.   C A S H   A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S

Bank balances 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments  

Cash and cash equivalents 

7.   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S

Trade receivables 
Other receivables 

Trade and other receivables 

$ 

$ 

$ 

39.7 

2.0 
1.4 
3.1 
1.3 
0.3 
35.6 
(2.6)
(1.2)
(0.2)

39.7 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

697.0 
3.4 
3.3 

703.7 

$  

$  

689.2
8.4
6.0

703.6

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

809.9 
112.9 

922.8 

$  

$  

752.3
96.9

849.2

71

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8 .   I N V E N TO R I E S

Raw material 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Total inventories 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

215.1 
61.7 
256.7 

533.5 

$  

$  

200.2
53.0
228.4

481.6

The total amount of inventories recognized as an expense in 2020 was $3,740.1 million (2019 – $3,809.1 million), including 
depreciation of $288.0 million (2019 – $272.3 million). 

9.    E Q U I T Y-AC C O U N T E D   I N V E S T M E N T S 

Summary financial information for equity-accounted investments, including joint ventures and associates, not adjusted for 
the percentage ownership held by the Company, is as follows:

Net earnings 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

At December 31, 2020

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

5.6 
(7.8) 

(2.2) 

28.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13.4 
3.4 

16.8 

38.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total

19.0
(4.4)

14.6

66.1

At December 31, 2019

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

3.4 
(1.2) 

2.2 

29.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.3 
(5.3) 

2.0 

32.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total

10.7
(6.5)

4.2

62.0

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

72

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 0.  P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

Land and  
Buildings 

805.8 
0.4 
34.2 
50.3 
(4.2) 
(37.5) 

Machinery  
and  
Equipment 

Fixtures, 
Fittings  
and Other 

$ 

$ 

2,484.1 
2.6 
306.8 
(50.9) 
(44.5) 
(172.7) 

$ 

44.4 
0.1 
4.6 
0.6 
(0.3) 
(4.4) 

Total 

3,334.3
3.1
345.6
—
(49.0)
(214.6)

Balance at December 31, 2019 

$ 

849.0 

$ 

2,525.4 

$ 

45.0 

$ 

3,419.4

Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

18.8 
45.9 
21.3 
(20.1) 
(0.6) 

914.3 

216.2 
33.6 
— 
(0.9) 
(13.3) 

$ 

$ 

40.1 
233.6 
(23.0) 
(17.4) 
(41.2) 

2,717.5 

1,294.2 
196.3 
0.1 
(41.5) 
(110.4) 

$ 

$ 

0.3 
3.3 
1.7 
(0.4) 
— 

49.9 

26.4 
4.1 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
(3.2) 

$ 

$ 

59.2
282.8
—
(37.9)
(41.8)

3,681.7

1,536.8
234.0
—
(42.7)
(126.9)

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

$ 

235.6 

$ 

1,338.7 

$ 

26.9 

$ 

1,601.2

Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2019 
At December 31, 2020 

35.7 
4.1 
(8.9) 
(0.1) 

266.4 

613.4 
647.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

207.5 
(4.2) 
(14.9) 
(25.5) 

1,501.6 

1,186.7 
1,215.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.3 
0.1 
(0.3) 
— 

31.0 

18.1 
18.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

247.5
—
(24.1)
(25.6)

1,799.0

1,818.2
1,882.7

73

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 1 .   L E A S E S

(a)  Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as 
property, plant and equipment (see note 10).

Machinery  
and  
Equipment 

Other 

Total 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

Land and  
Buildings 

141.6 
1.1 
5.2 
(1.3) 
(0.7) 

$ 

$ 

9.9 
0.2 
3.7 
— 
(0.2) 

$ 

16.1 
— 
10.1 
(1.4) 
(0.3) 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

$ 

145.9 

$ 

13.6 

$ 

24.5 

$ 

Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

7.0 
38.3 
(5.9) 
(3.7) 

181.6 

— 
26.3 
(0.3) 
(0.4) 

$ 

$ 

0.1 
1.2 
(0.6) 
(0.1) 

14.2 

— 
4.1 
(0.2) 
(0.1) 

$ 

$ 

0.1 
9.0 
(1.3) 
(2.2) 

30.1 

— 
8.7 
(0.5) 
(0.1) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

$ 

25.6 

$ 

3.8 

$ 

8.1 

$ 

Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2019 
At December 31, 2020 

27.7 
(3.1) 
(4.6) 

45.6 

120.3 
136.0 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.1 
(0.6) 
(0.2) 

7.1 

9.8 
7.1 

$ 

$ 
$ 

9.6 
(1.0) 
(1.9) 

14.8 

16.4 
15.3 

$ 

$ 
$ 

(b)  Amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements and statements of cash flows 

167.6
1.3
19.0
(2.7)
(1.2)

184.0

7.2
48.5
(7.8)
(6.0)

225.9

—
39.1
(1.0)
(0.6)

37.5

41.4
(4.7)
(6.7)

67.5

146.5
158.4

Interest on lease liabilities 
Expenses relating to short-term leases  
Expenses relating to low-value asset leases, excluding short-term leases of low-value assets 
Total cash out flow for leases 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

6.4 
3.1 
0.5 
53.1 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

6.3
4.4
0.4
47.7

74

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 .   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S 

Customer 
 Relationships 

Patents,  
  Trademarks  
and Other 

Brands 

 Total 

Goodwill

Cost 
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Acquisitions through  
  business combinations 
Other additions 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

 709.6 

$ 

 196.4 

$ 

453.5  

$ 

1,359.5 

$ 

 1,830.3

— 
— 
(30.1) 

— 
0.2 
(14.7) 

— 
— 
(20.5) 

— 
0.2 
(65.3) 

35.6
—
(71.5)

Balance at December 31, 2019 

$ 

679.5 

$ 

181.9 

$ 

433.0 

$ 

1,294.4 

$ 

1,794.4

Acquisitions through  
  business combinations 
Other additions 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Amortization  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2019 
At December 31, 2020 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

24.0 
— 
6.6 

710.1 

180.8 
45.0 
(8.2) 

$ 

$ 

217.6 

$ 

46.0 
(1.0) 

262.6 

461.9 
447.5 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
0.1 
6.7 

188.7 

39.8 
11.5 
(3.2) 

48.1 

11.5 
1.3 

60.9 

133.8 
127.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
— 
(0.7) 

432.3 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

433.0 
432.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

24.0 
0.1 
12.6 

1,331.1 

220.6 
56.5 
(11.4) 

$ 

$ 

265.7 

$ 

57.5 
0.3 

323.5 

1,028.7 
1,007.6 

$ 

$ 
$ 

102.6
—
21.5

1,918.5

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

1,794.4
1,918.5

1 3 .   G O O DW I L L   A N D   I N D E F I N I T E - L I F E   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are allocated to the Company’s operating 
segments, which represent the lowest level within the Company at which goodwill is monitored for internal management 
purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets allocated to each unit are as follows:

Goodwill 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Indefinite-life intangible assets – brands 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,173.6 
188.1 
212.5 
344.3 

$ 

1,111.4
147.4
197.3
338.3

1,918.5 

 $ 

1,794.4

191.3 
184.6 
56.4 

432.3 

$ 

$ 

192.3
185.0
55.7

433.0

75

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets was done by a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount 
to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting the CGU future cash flows. Key assumptions used in the determination 
of the value in use include a long-term growth rate of 2% to 5% and a pre-tax discount rate of 7% to 9%. Discount rates reflect 
current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital. The 
Company’s historical growth rates are used as the basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing.

The Company completed its impairment testing as at September 30, 2020.

The estimated values in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia CGUs exceeded their carrying value. As a result, no 
goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets impairment was recorded during 2020.

1 4 .   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   PAYA B L E S

Trade payables 
Other payables 

Trade and other payables 

1 5.   D E F E R R E D   TA X

(a)  Unrecognized deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:

Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 
Income tax credits 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

633.2 
502.5 

$  

577.2
458.4

1,135.7 

$  

1,035.6

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

9.9 
58.0 
7.2 

75.1 

$  

$  

17.9
59.3
7.4

84.6

The unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses of $11.7 million will expire between 2021 and 2030, $7.2 million will expire 
beyond 2030, and $39.1 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under 
current tax legislation. Income tax credits of $7.2 million will expire between 2021 and 2027 and relate mainly to foreign tax 
credits in the United States. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable 
that future taxable income will be available against which the Company can utilize the benefits therefrom. 

76

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets 

Liabilities 

  Net (Assets) Liabilities

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019 

 December 31,  
2020 

 December 31, 
2019

$ 

Property, plant 
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

1.8 
— 
0.4 
14.0 
78.9 
4.2 

5.9 
63.7 
10.1 
— 

$ 

0.5 
— 
1.6 
12.6 
63.1 
3.4 

8.5 
68.6 
11.5 
— 

Balance before offset 

Offset of tax 

179.0 

(136.3) 

169.8 

(139.0) 

$ 

$ 

123.5 
267.6 
1.7 
0.4 
— 
— 

— 
13.9 
— 
— 

407.1 

(136.3) 

110.4 
263.6 
0.1 
0.3 
— 
— 

— 
10.0 
— 
— 

384.4 

(139.0) 

$ 

121.7 
267.6 
1.3 
(13.6) 
(78.9) 
(4.2) 

(5.9) 
(49.8) 
(10.1) 
— 

228.1 

— 

109.9
263.6
(1.5)
(12.3)
(63.1)
(3.4)

(8.5)
(58.6)
(11.5)
—

214.6

—

Balance after offset 

$ 

42.7 

$ 

30.8 

$ 

270.8 

$ 

245.4 

$ 

228.1 

$ 

214.6

Balance at  
December 31, 2019 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized  
in Other 
    Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

 Balance at  
December 31, 2020 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant 
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

109.9 
263.6 
(1.5) 
(12.3) 
(63.1) 
(3.4) 

(8.5) 
(58.6) 
(11.5) 
— 

$ 

10.6 
2.4 
5.4 
(1.6) 
(13.8) 
(1.0) 

2.6 
8.6 
1.5 
— 

$ 

214.6 

$ 

14.7 

$ 

4.1 
5.4 
— 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
— 

— 
0.3 
— 
— 

9.6 

$ 

$ 

(2.9) 
(3.8) 
0.2 
0.4 
(0.6) 
— 

— 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
— 

(6.9) 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
(2.8) 
— 
(1.3) 
0.2 

— 
— 
— 
— 

121.7
267.6
1.3
(13.6)
(78.9)
(4.2)

(5.9)
(49.8)
(10.1)
—

$ 

(3.9) 

$ 

228.1

77

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
December 31, 2018 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized 
in Other 
Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

Balance at 
December 31, 2019 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

62.0 
269.4 
(8.0) 
(12.3) 
(57.7) 
(14.3) 

(12.6) 
(24.6) 
(17.8) 
— 

$ 

10.9 
(2.0) 
(1.4) 
(0.5) 
2.8 
11.5 

3.6 
6.8 
5.6 
— 

$ 

0.2 
— 
— 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
— 

— 
(0.3) 
— 
— 

$ 

36.8 
(3.8) 
— 
0.6 
2.4 
0.3 

0.5 
(40.5) 
0.7 
— 

$ 

— 
— 
7.9 
— 
(10.5) 
(0.9) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

109.9
263.6
(1.5)
(12.3)
(63.1)
(3.4)

(8.5)
(58.6)
(11.5)
—

$ 

184.1 

$ 

37.3 

$ 

(0.3) 

$ 

(3.0) 

$ 

(3.5) 

$ 

214.6

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax liabilities were not recognized as at December 31, 2020, is $2,214.7 million (2019 – $1,918.0 million).

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax assets were not recognized as at December 31, 2020, is $20.6 million (2019 – $21.1 million).

Included within Translation and Others in 2019 is the amount for initial recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding 
lease liabilities following the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases. Both accounts are separate line items on the consolidated statement 
of financial position.

1 6.  S H A R E   C A P I TA L    

Shares issued (in millions) 

Balance, January 1, 2019  
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2019 
Stock options exercised   

Balance, December 31, 2020 

Class A 
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 
— 

11.8 

Amount 

4.5 
— 
— 

4.5 
— 

4.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Class B 
Shares  

165.9 
0.8 
0.1 

166.8 
0.6 

167.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Amount  

331.8 
26.1 
3.1 

361.0 
31.3 

392.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total 

336.3
26.1
3.1

365.5
31.3

396.8

At December 31, 2020, the authorized share capital comprised an unlimited number of Class A voting shares and an unlimited 
number of Class B non-voting shares. The Class A and Class B shares have no par value. All issued shares are fully paid. Both 
Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity. 

(a)  Class A

The holders of Class A shares receive dividends set at $0.01 per share per annum less than Class B shares; they are entitled 
to one vote per share at meetings of the Company, and their shares are convertible at any time into Class B shares. 

(b)  Class B

Class B shares rank equally in all material respects with Class A shares, except as follows:

(i)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive material and attend, but not to vote at, regular shareholder meetings.

(ii)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to voting privileges when consideration for the Class A shares, under a takeover bid 

when voting control has been acquired, exceeds 115% of the market price of the Class B shares.

(iii)  Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive, or have set aside for payment, dividends declared by the Board of 

Directors from time to time, set at $0.01 per share per annum greater than Class A shares.

78

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

The annual dividends per share were as follows:

Class A share  
Class B share 

Shares held in trust

2020 

0.71 
0.72 

$ 
$ 

2019

0.67
0.68

$ 
$ 

During 2016, the Company granted awards totalling 622,500 Class B shares of the Company. Shares to be used to satisfy 
this  obligation  were  purchased  in  the  open  market  and  were  restricted  in  nature.  These  share  awards  were  dependent 
on the Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant-date fair value of these stock awards was being 
amortized over the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. The awards vested in 2019 and were distributed 
to employees. As of December 31, 2020, there are no shares held in trust.

1 7.   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E 

Basic earnings per share

The  calculation  of  basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  was  based  on  profit  attributable  to 
Class A shares of $35.0 million (2019 – $31.6 million) and Class B shares of $494.7 million (2019 – $445.5 million) and a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2019 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 166.9 million (2019 – 166.2 million).

Weighted average number of shares (in millions)

Issued and outstanding shares at January 1  
Effect of stock options exercised 
Effect of reciprocal shares vested 

Weighted average number of shares at December 31 

Diluted earnings per share

Class A  
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

2020 

Class B  
Shares 

166.8 
0.1 
— 

166.9 

Class A  
Shares  

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

2019 

Class B 
Shares 

165.3
0.4
0.5

166.2

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2020, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $34.8 million (2019 – $31.4 million) and Class B shares of $494.9 million (2019 – $445.7 million) and a diluted 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2019 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 168.0 million (2019 – 167.3 million).

Weighted average number of shares – diluted (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares (basic)  
Effect of deferred share units on issue  
Effect of reciprocal shareholdings 
Effect of share-based compensation 

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)  

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

178.7 
0.2 
— 
0.9 

179.8 

178.0
0.3
0.1
0.7

179.1

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based 
on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding.

79

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 8 .   LOA N S   A N D   B O R R OW I N G S

Current liabilities 
Current portion of unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (i) 
Current portion of unsecured bank credit facilities (ii) 
Current portion of other loans (iv) 

Short-term operating credit lines available (v) 

Short-term operating credit lines used 

Non-current liabilities   
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (i) 
Unsecured bank credit facilities (ii) 
Unsecured notes (iii) 
Other loans (iv) 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
50.2 
1.6 

51.8 

42.8 

14.4 

202.9 
— 
1,684.2 
2.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—
37.6
1.2

38.8

32.0

8.2

1,255.6
33.4
941.5
4.3

$ 

1,889.4 

$ 

2,234.8

(i)  Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities

As at December 31, 2020, the Company had an unsecured US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. 
The facility bears interest at the applicable benchmark interest rate, plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net 
debt to EBITDA. In February 2020, this facility was amended, extending the maturity from March 29, 2023, to February 28, 
2025. As at December 31, 2020, $4.1 million of contingent letters of credit were drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility. 

As at December 31, 2019, borrowings under the facility were US$521.5 million ($677.4 million; LIBOR plus 1.125%), £60.3 million 
($103.9 million; GBP LIBOR plus 1.125%) and $3.6 million of contingent letters of credit were drawn on this syndicated bank 
credit facility with the facility maturing March 29, 2023.

As at December 31, 2020, the Company had an unsecured US$161.0 million ($204.9 million; LIBOR plus 0.75%) non-revolving 
term loan facility with a syndicate of banks that bears interest at the applicable domestic rate, plus an interest rate margin 
linked  to  the  Company’s  net  debt  to  EBITDA.  In  February  2020,  this  facility  was  amended,  extending  the  maturity  from 
February 26, 2021, to February 28, 2022. As at December 31, 2019, borrowings under the facility were US$366.0 million 
($475.4 million; LIBOR plus 0.75%). In February 2019, this facility was amended, removing the required quarterly principal 
repayments, reducing the interest rate margins and extending the maturity from February 28, 2020, to February 26, 2021. 
Previous to the amendment, quarterly principal repayments of US$12.0 million were required. 

The unused portion of the revolving syndicated bank credit facility was US$1,196.8 million at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 
2019 – US$595.7 million).

As at December 31, 2020, transaction costs related to the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities were $2.0 million 
(December 31, 2019 - $1.1 million).

As at December 31, 2019, the Company utilized cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSAs”) to effectively 
convert notional US$228.4 million LIBOR-based debt into €200.0 million negative 0.28% fixed rate debt in order to hedge its 
euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)). These swaps were unwound in June 2020.

(ii)  Unsecured bank credit facilities

In January 2019, the Company signed a two-year unsecured bilateral credit facility for US$35.0 million with a maturity date of 
January 22, 2021, which was extended to January 22, 2022, early in 2020. This bilateral loan incurs interest at the applicable 
domestic rate, plus an interest rate margin and, annually, automatically extends out an additional year until January 22, 2024. 
As of December 31, 2020, the facility was undrawn. As of December 31, 2019, US$25.7 million ($33.4 million) was drawn.

In December 2019, the Company signed an uncommitted unsecured bilateral credit facility for A$65.0 million. This bilateral 
loan incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate plus an interest rate margin. As of December 31, 2020, A$51.2 million 
($50.2 million) was drawn. As of December 31, 2019, A$41.2 million ($37.6 million) was drawn.

80

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)  Unsecured notes

Unsecured  notes  as  at  December  31,  2020,  consisted  of  US$600.0  million  ($754.8  million;  2019  –  nil)  principal  amount 
of  144A  3.05%  private  notes,  offered  in  a  private  placement  in  the  United  States  in  May  2020,  maturing  June  1,  2030; 
$298.6 million (2019 - $298.4 million) principal amount of 3.864% Series 1 Notes, maturing April 13, 2028; and US$500.0 million 
($630.8 million; 2019 - $643.1 million) principal amount of 144A 3.25% private notes, maturing on October 1, 2026. These 
notes bear interest payable semi-annually. The net proceeds of all three notes were used to partially repay amounts borrowed 
under the unsecured syndicated bank credit facility.

As at December 31, 2020, the Company utilized CCIRSAs to effectively convert notional US$408.5 million (2019 – nil) of the 
144A 3.05% private notes into €360.0 million (2019 – nil) 2.06% and 2.00% fixed rate debt and convert notional US$376.2 million 
(2019 – US$376.2 million) of the 144A 3.25% private notes into €340.0 million (2019 - €340.0 million) 1.16% and 1.23% fixed 
rate debt in order to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)).

(iv)  Other loans

 Other loans include term bank loans at various rates and repayment terms.

(v)  Operating credit lines

Interest rates charged on the credit lines are based on rates varying with LIBOR, the prime rate and similar market rates for 
other currencies.

(vi)   Reconciliation of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the 
consolidated statement of cash flows as financing activities. Changes in the Company's liabilities arising from financing 
activities are as follows: 

Balance at January 1 
Financing cash flows 
Foreign exchange 
Other  

Balance at December 31  

$ 

$ 

2020 

2,273.6 
(314.2) 
(41.1) 
22.9 

2019

2,491.6 
(119.8)
(98.1)
(0.1)

$ 

1,941.2 

 $ 

2,273.6

As at December 31, 2020, the carrying amount of financial and non-financial assets pledged as collateral against $1.0 million 
(2019 – $0.7 million) of long-term debt amounted to $11.5 million (2019 – $7.2 million).

1 9.   F I N A N C E   I N C O M E   A N D   C O S T

Recognized in consolidated income statement

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
Fees and interest recognized on other financial instruments 
Interest expense on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance cost 

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 
Interest income (expense) on other assets 
Interest income on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance income 

Interest expense on lease liabilities 

$  

$ 

2020 

65.5 
(11.2) 
13.6 

67.9 

1.8 
0.4 
6.9 

9.1 

6.4 

Net finance cost recognized in consolidated income statement  

$ 

65.2 

$  

The above finance income and cost are with respect to assets (liabilities), not at FVTPL.

2019

83.9
(14.3)
17.1

86.7

3.3
0.3
8.4

12.0

6.3

81.0

81

2020 Annual Report    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0.  E M P LOY E E   B E N E F I T S

Present value of wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations   
Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations 

Total present value of obligations 
Fair value of plan assets  

Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations 
Liability for long-service leave and jubilee plans 

Total employee benefits  
Total employee benefits reported in trade and other payables   

Total employee benefits reported in non-current liabilities 

(a) Defined contribution post-employment plans

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31,  
2019

$ 

$ 

301.2 
535.3 

836.5 
(454.8) 

381.7 
15.8 

397.5 
12.4 

385.1 

$ 

$ 

285.5
482.5

768.0
(402.8)

365.2
12.1

377.3
12.4

364.9

The Company sponsors defined contribution post-employment plans in Canada, the U.S., Thailand, the Netherlands and the 
U.K. A post-employment plan is classified as a defined contribution plan if the Company pays fixed contributions into a fund 
at a separate entity and the Company has no further obligation to pay any further contributions if the fund does not hold 
sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The expense for 
Company-sponsored defined contribution post-employment plans was $31.5 million in 2020 (2019 – $30.7 million), of which 
$0.1 million (2019 – $0.1 million) was for key management personnel. Company contributions into defined contribution state 
plans are included in the line item Compulsory social security contributions in the table in note 21.

(b) Defined benefit post-employment plans

The Company also has defined benefit post-employment plans in various countries of the world. Although some of these 
plans have elements common to defined contribution plans, the Company has accounted for these as defined benefit plans 
as they are not fully funded at a separate entity.

Partially funded defined benefit obligations

The Company's defined benefit post-employment plans are not fully funded. The obligation of these plans, net of any assets, 
is recorded in non-current liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position in employee benefits or, for payments 
expected to be made within the next twelve months, in trade and other payables in current liabilities. Fluctuations in the 
pension liabilities resulting from actuarial gains or losses due to changes in risk factors are recorded in other comprehensive 
income. The primary partially funded plans are in Canada, the U.K., Switzerland and the Netherlands. Details of these plans 
are as follows:

(i)    In Canada, the Company has a registered partially funded defined benefit pension plan for seven retired executives and one 
active employee. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions 
required. The plan is closed to new members. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries, 
discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that 
any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company.

(ii)    In the U.K., the Company has two registered partially funded defined benefit pension plans. The Company’s plan has no 
active members and is closed to new members. Benefits are based on final salary. All members of the plan are either 
deferred or retired and benefits are provided to spouses or dependents in the event of a member's death before or after 
retirement.  The Company is required to  make  payments of £0.8 million in deficit funding contributions annually. An 
actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. 
The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the value of the 
obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations 
have been covered is fully available to the Company. 

82

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 6, 2019, the Innovia plan was frozen. No further benefits will be earned by members in the plan and no contributions 
will be paid into the plan other than deficit funding contributions. It is closed to new members. Benefits are based on a 
member’s final pensionable salaries and length of service at retirement. Benefits are provided to spouses in the event of 
a member’s death before or after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of £1.2 million in deficit funding 
contributions annually. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any 
contributions required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility 
for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after 
all obligations have been covered is available to the Company if the plan is wound up. However, any surplus while the plan is 
ongoing is under the authority of the trustees. Active members have been moved to a defined contribution plan.

(iii)  In Switzerland, the Company provides a mandatory, legislated contribution-based cash balance plan for employees that 
is accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan. Benefits from the plan are paid out at retirement, disability 
or death. If an employee terminates from the Company prior to retirement, the vested benefit equal to the accumulated 
savings account balance is transferred to the pension plan of the new employer. The plan is governed by a foundation 
board that is legally responsible for the operation of the plan and includes employer and employee representation, in 
equal numbers. A legally required minimum level of retirement benefit is based on age-related savings contributions, an 
insured salary defined by law and a required rate of return set annually by the Swiss government. Contributions from both 
employers and employees are compulsory and vary according to age and salary. The primary risk factors for this plan are 
longevity of plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. Under 
Swiss pension law, any surplus assets technically belong to the pension plan and any reduction in contributions is at the 
discretion of the Board. 

(iv)  In the Netherlands, the Company provides a defined-benefit career average pay plan for a small number of employees. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan. Benefits from the plan are paid through retirement and at 
death, before or during retirement, to the spouse or dependents. If a member of the plan leaves the Company, the member 
may choose to have the benefits of the plan transferred into the plan of the new employer. The benefit formula is based 
on a percentage of each year's pensionable salary up to a set maximum salary, less a social security offset. Benefits are 
guaranteed by an insurance company and the Company is required to pay annual premiums on the insurance contract 
based on a contract interest rate. There are no employee contributions to the plan. The primary risk factors for this plan are 
longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility. This plan was frozen as of December 31, 2018, and all members 
were moved to a defined contribution plan.

The  most  recent  actuarial  valuation  for  funding  purposes  for  the  executive  defined  pension  plan  in  Canada  was  as  of 
January 1, 2018. The next required actuarial valuation will be as of January 1, 2021. The most recent actuarial valuation of the 
two U.K. defined benefit pension plans for funding purposes were as of January 1, 2020. The next required valuation is as of 
January 1, 2023.

Wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations

For defined benefit post-employment plans that have no assets, the Company simply funds the plans as benefits are paid. 
The primary wholly unfunded plans are in Canada, the U.S. and Germany. Details of these plans are as follows:

(i)    In Canada, the Company maintains non-registered, wholly unfunded supplemental retirement arrangements for one active 
Canadian executive, eight retired Canadian executives and two retired U.S. executives or their widows. The Company 
makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. An actuary is involved in measuring 
the obligation of the plans and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The plans are closed to new 
members. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility.

(ii)   In the U.S., the Company has a post-employment, wholly unfunded deferred compensation plan for designated executives 
(“NQP”). Liabilities are based strictly on the contributions made to the plan and an established rate of return and are not 
subject to actuarial adjustments. It allows executives to elect to defer specified portions of salary, cash bonuses and long-
term incentive plan payments. The Company contributes a matching portion of the executive’s NQP deferred amount 
to a maximum of 8% of the executive’s base salary plus bonus. The Company may also contribute a discretionary annual 
Company contribution based on a percentage of base salary and annual bonus. Contributions to the NQP for one of the 
executives vest immediately. For the other executives, immediate vesting of discretionary Company contributions and 
interest occurs on death, disability or change of control, with normal vesting occurring at age 60 with 10 years' service. 
The Company’s match portion and interest vest in the same manner as Company contributions in the 401k plan. Elective 
deferrals by the executive vest immediately.

83

2020 Annual Report(iii)  In Germany, the Company has several wholly unfunded defined benefit plans. There are four salary-based annuity plans 
that are closed to new members, but currently have approximately 90 active members. All contributions and benefits 
are funded by the Company. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate 
volatility. There are also three cash balance plans for current employees. Two of those plans require the Company to match 
a specific portion of employee contributions. Upon retirement, lump sum payments are made unless an employee requests 
an annuity. The third cash balance plan has employer and employee contributions and pays out in three instalments upon 
retirement. The primary risk factor for these three plans is discount rate volatility. 

(iv)  The Company has wholly unfunded post-employment defined benefit plans in Austria, France, Italy, Mexico and Thailand. 
Benefits are paid out in a lump sum upon retirement, disability or death. There are no employee contributions in these 
plans. Benefits are based on salary and length of service with the Company.

The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the defined benefit post-
employment plans, including the defined benefit pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-employment 
defined benefit plans.

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

482.5 
2.9 
9.4 
1.1 
(12.1) 
(2.5) 
(1.7) 
47.2 
— 
(0.3) 
(0.2) 
9.0 

535.3 

402.8 
7.7 
42.6 
1.1 
5.8 
(12.1) 
(0.8) 
(0.3) 
8.0 

454.8 

(80.5) 

(80.5) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

285.5 
5.2 
5.3 
1.2 
(10.4) 
(1.9) 
(0.4) 
6.6 
(0.2) 
— 
0.2 
10.1 

301.2 

— 
— 
— 
— 
10.4 
(10.4) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(301.2) 

(301.2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

768.0
8.1
14.7
2.3
(22.5)
(4.4)
(2.1)
53.8
(0.2)
(0.3)
—
19.1

836.5

402.8
7.7
42.6
1.1
16.2
(22.5)
(0.8)
(0.3)
8.0

454.8

(381.7)

(381.7)

2020 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Current service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial gains – experience 
  Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial losses – financial assumptions   
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain (loss)   
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

84

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2019 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial losses – experience 
  Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial losses – financial assumptions   
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain (loss)   
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

The Company’s net defined benefit plan expense is as follows:

2020 

Current service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement loss 
Administration costs 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

432.3 
2.9 
— 
11.7 
1.4 
(14.5) 
8.6 
(11.9) 
69.5 
0.1 
(9.6) 
(2.6) 
(5.4) 

482.5 

378.7 
10.1 
30.1 
1.4 
5.4 
(14.5) 
(0.9) 
(2.6) 
(4.9) 

402.8 

(79.7) 

(79.7) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

274.9 
4.4 
0.2 
7.2 
5.2 
(19.9) 
3.0 
(0.3) 
26.6 
(0.2) 
— 
0.5 
(16.1) 

285.5 

— 
— 
— 
— 
19.9 
(19.9) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(285.5) 

(285.5) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.9 
1.7 
(0.3) 
0.1 
0.8 

5.2 

2.3 
1.1 
1.8 

5.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.2 
5.3 
— 
0.2 
— 

10.7 

2.1 
3.7 
4.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

707.2
7.3
0.2
18.9
6.6
(34.4)
11.6
(12.2)
96.1
(0.1)
(9.6)
(2.1)
(21.5)

768.0

378.7
10.1
30.1
1.4
25.3
(34.4)
(0.9)
(2.6)
(4.9)

402.8

(365.2)

(365.2)

Total

8.1
7.0
(0.3)
0.3
0.8

15.9

4.4
4.8
6.7

10.7 

$ 

15.9

85

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 

Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized directly in equity are as follows:

Actuarial gains (losses) – experience   
Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
Actuarial losses – financial assumptions 
Experience gains on plan assets 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.9 
— 
1.6 
(9.6) 

(5.1) 

2.1 
(8.8) 
1.6 

(5.1) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.4 
0.2 
7.2 
— 

11.8 

1.2 
3.5 
7.1 

11.8 

$ 

$ 

2020 

4.4 
2.1 
(53.8) 
42.6 

Recognized during the year in other comprehensive loss  

$ 

(4.7) 

$ 

Plan assets consist of the following:

Total

7.3
0.2
8.8
(9.6)

6.7

3.3
(5.3)
8.7

6.7

2019

(11.6)
12.2
(96.1)
30.1

(65.4)

2020 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

2019 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

58% 
34% 
2% 
6% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

51% 
42% 
2% 
5% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

58%
34%
2%
6%

100%

Total

51%
42%
2%
5%

100%

No plan assets are directly invested in the Company's own shares or directly in any property occupied by, or other assets 
used by, the Company.

The actual returns on plan assets are as follows:

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$  
$ 

50.3 
40.2 

— 
—  

$ 
$  

Total

50.3
40.2

2020 
2019 

86

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment benefit obligations are as follows:

December 31, 2020 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2019 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

1.30% 
1.37% 

1.97% 
1.39% 

1.34% 
2.34% 

1.48% 
2.33% 

1.32%
2.11%

1.79%
2.11%

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment plan expenses are as follows:

December 31, 2020 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2019 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

1.97% 
1.39% 

2.80% 
1.44% 

1.48% 
2.33% 

2.36% 
1.83% 

1.79%
2.11%

2.63%
1.59%

The sensitivity analysis on the defined benefit obligation is as follows, and it is prepared by altering one assumption at a time 
and keeping the other assumptions unchanged. The resulting defined benefit obligation is then compared to the defined 
benefit obligation in the disclosures:

Discount rate (increase 1%) 
Discount rate (decrease 1%) 
Longevity (+1 year) 
Inflation (+0.25%) 
Inflation (-0.25%) 
Salary (increase 1%) 
Salary (decrease 1%) 
Duration (years) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(107.0) 
106.4 
15.8 
12.4 
(12.5) 
4.6 
(3.7) 
20 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(30.2)
33.7
12.2
—
—
3.1
(2.9)
12

The Company expects to contribute $4.8 million to the partially funded defined benefit plans and pay $11.6 million in benefits 
for the wholly unfunded plans in 2021.

(c) Long-term incentive, long-service leave, jubilee and other plans

The Company has long-term incentive plans with cash and share-based payments, long-service leave plans and jubilee plans 
in various countries around the world. As at December 31, 2020, $0.8 million (2019 – $1.0 million) of the total obligation of 
$15.8 million (2019 – $12.1 million) was classified as current and reported in trade and other payables. The expense for these 
plans was $4.3 million in 2020 (2019 – $15.8 million).

87

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 1 .   P E R S O N N E L   E X P E N S E S

Wages and salaries 
Compulsory social security contributions 
Contributions to Company-sponsored defined contribution plans 
Expenses related to defined benefit plans 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

2 2 .  I N C O M E   TA X   E X P E N S E

Current tax expense
Current tax on earnings before earnings in equity-accounted investments for the year 

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (note 15) 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Impact of tax rate changes 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 

$ 

$ 

2020 

961.6 
113.5 
31.5 
15.9 
14.1 

2019

957.7
117.0
30.7
16.3
25.4

$ 

1,136.6 

$ 

1,147.1

$ 

$ 

2020 

149.1 

26.1 
3.7 
(15.1) 

14.7 

$ 

$ 

2019

122.6

39.8
—
(2.5)

37.3

Total income tax expense  

$ 

163.8 

$ 

159.9

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
The income tax expense on the Company’s earnings differs from the amount  
  determined by the Company’s statutory rates as follows: 
Net earnings for the year 
Add: income tax expense 
Deduct: earnings in equity-accounted investments 

Earnings before income tax and equity-accounted investments 

$ 

Income tax using the Company’s domestic combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Impact of tax rate changes 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
Losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognized 
Non-deductible expenses and other items 

Income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive loss 
Derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments 
Actuarial losses 

Total income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive loss   

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

25.8% 

2019

25.8%

529.7 
163.8 
9.5 

684.0 

176.5 
(6.0) 
3.7 
(15.1) 
4.6 
0.1 

163.8 

(2.8) 
(1.3) 

(4.1) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

477.1
159.9
5.4

631.6

162.9
(8.5)
—
(2.5)
3.3
4.7

159.9

7.9
(10.5)

(2.6)

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the 
worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes 
will be due. If the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences 
will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

88

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 3 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S

At December 31, 2020, the Company had five share-based compensation plans, which are described below:

(a)  Employee stock option plan

Under the employee stock option plan, the Company may grant options to employees, officers and directors of the Company. 
The Company does not grant options to independent directors. The exercise price of each option equals the closing market 
price of the Class B non-voting shares on the last trading day prior to the grant date of the option, and an option's maximum 
term is 10 years. Current options vest 25% one year from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of these 
options is five years from the grant date. In general, the grants are conditional upon continued employment. No market 
conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled to dividends and may not be transferred or assigned by the option 
holder. In 2020, stock option grants were not awarded.

For options and share awards granted for stock-based compensation, $14.4 million (2019 – $25.4 million) was recognized in 
the consolidated financial statements as an expense, with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus. The fair value of 
options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividends 

2020 

— 
— 
— 
— 

2019

1.79%

3.5 years

28%

0.68

$ 

$ 

A summary of the status of the Company's employee stock option plan as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and changes 
during the years ended on those dates, is presented below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of year 

Options exercisable at end of year 

2020 

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Shares 
(in millions) 

2019

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

Shares 
(in millions) 

3.0 
— 
(0.6) 

2.4 

1.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56.57 
— 
43.73 

59.68 

59.67 

3.1 
0.7 
(0.8) 

3.0 

1.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

48.94
55.73
27.17

56.57

53.30

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise in 2020 was $57.31 (2019 – $57.65).

The following table summarizes information about the employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020.

Range of 
Exercisable Prices 

$43.90 - $56.00 
$56.01 - $60.00 
$60.01 - $66.87 

$43.90 - $66.87 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Options 
Outstanding 
(in millions) 

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining  
  Contractual Life  

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Options 
  Exercisable 
 (in millions) 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

0.9 
0.7 
0.8 

 2.4 

2.9 years 
1.2 years 
2.2 years 

2.1 years 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

54.85 
58.03 
66.87 

59.68 

0.3 
0.5 
0.4 

1.2 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

52.84
58.03
66.87

59.67

89

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Deferred share units (“DSU”)

The Company maintains a deferred share unit plan. Under this plan, non-employee members of the Company's Board of 
Directors may elect to receive DSUs, in lieu of cash remuneration, for director fees that would otherwise be payable to such 
directors, or any portion thereof, until DSU holdings of three times the base retainer have been achieved. The number of units 
received is equivalent to the fees earned and is based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company's 
capital stock on the date of issue of the DSU. When dividends are paid on Class B non-voting shares of the Company, the 
equivalent value per DSU is calculated and the holder receives additional DSUs in lieu of actual cash dividends based on the 
fair market value of a Class B non-voting shares of the Company. DSUs cannot be redeemed or paid out until such time as 
the director ceases to be a director. A DSU entitles the holder to receive, on a deferred payment basis, the number of Class 
B non-voting shares of the Company equating to the number of the holder’s DSUs on the redemption date. The Company 
accounts for the DSU plan as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. 

The Company had 0.2 million DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2020. The amount recognized as an expense in 2020 
totaled $0.5 million (2019 – $0.6 million).

(c)  Performance stock units (“PSU”)

In 2019, the Company introduced a performance stock unit plan. Under the plan, participants may be eligible to receive a 
maximum of approximately 1.5 million Class B shares of the Company to be issued from treasury. The vesting of these shares 
is dependent on the Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant-date fair value of these shares is being 
amortized over the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. 

(d)  Long-term retention plan (“LTRP”)

In 2017, the Company instituted a long-term retention plan. Under the plan, the Company provided a one-time retention 
incentive to executives totaling 0.3 million Class B shares of the Company, to be issued from treasury. The incentive vests 
25% in each year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2025, inclusive. 

In  2019,  under  the  aforementioned  long-term  retention  plan,  the  Company  provided  a  one-time  retention  incentive  to 
additional executives totaling 0.1 million Class B shares of the Company, to be issued from treasury. The incentive vests 25% 
in each year beginning 2024 and ending 2027, inclusive.

The amount recognized as an expense in 2020 totaled $3.5 million (2019 – $2.9 million), with a corresponding offset to 
contributed surplus. 

(e) Restricted share units (“RSU”)

In 2020, the Company established the restricted share unit plan. Each unit is equivalent to one Class B non-voting share of the 
Company. Current options vest 25% one year from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of these options 
is four years from the grant date, and will be settled through equity. The grants are conditional upon continued employment. 
No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled to dividends and may not be transferred or assigned 
by the option holder. 

90

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2 4 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

(a)  Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

US$123.8 million (2019 – US$123.8 million) of unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes, US$191.5 million (2019 – nil) of unsecured 
144A 3.05% private notes and US$161.0 million (2019 – US$659.1 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities 
(hedging items) have been used to hedge the Company's exposure to its net investment in US-dollar-denominated operations 
(hedged items), with a view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of the unsecured 144A 
3.25% private notes, the unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes, the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities and the net 
investment in US-dollar-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of 
financial position. These have been and continue to be 100% fully effective hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging 
items equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the consolidated 
income statement in 2020 or 2019. 

In  2020,  nil  (2019  –  £60.3  million)  of  the  unsecured  syndicated  bank  credit  facilities  (hedging  item)  was  used  to  hedge 
the Company’s exposure to its net investment in U.K. pound sterling-denominated operations (hedged items), with a view 
to  reducing  foreign  exchange  fluctuations.  The  foreign  exchange  effect  of  both  the  unsecured  syndicated  bank  credit 
facilities and the net investment in U.K. pound sterling-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive loss 
in the consolidated statement of financial position. This has been and continues to be a 100% fully effective hedge as the 
notional amount of the hedging item equals the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was 
recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2020 or 2019.

In February 2017, the Company converted US$264.7 million of the 144A 3.25% private notes (note 18) into €250.0 million 1.23% 
fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs (hedging items). In February 2018, a further US$111.5 million of the 144A 3.25% private notes 
(note 18) were converted into €90.0 million 1.16% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs. In January 2019, US$228.4 million of the 
unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (note 18) was converted into €200.0 million negative 0.28% fixed rate debt using 
CCIRSAs. In June 2020, US$204.6 million and US$203.9 million of the 144A 3.05% private notes (note 18) was converted into 
€180.0 million 2.06% fixed rate debt and €180.0 million 2.00% fixed rate debt, respectively, using CCIRSAs. Each of these 
conversions was to hedge the Company’s euro-based assets and cash flows. Fair value of these CCIRSAs was recorded in 
non-current liabilities when negative in value and non-current assets when positive in value. The offset was recorded in other 
comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of financial position. The January 2019 CCIRSAs were unwound on June 5, 
2020, with a gain of $3.6 million. These have all been, and the active CCIRSAs continue to be, 100% fully effective hedges as 
the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness 
was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2020 or 2019.

Notional Principal Amount 

Interest Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Received 
(US$) 

Paid 
 (€) 

2020 
(C$) 

Fair Value 
December 31 

2019 
(C$)  

Maturity 

Effective Date

 US$105.8 million  €  100.0 million 

3.25% 

1.24%   $  (16.8) million  $  (10.0) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$84.8 million   €  80.0 million 

3.25% 

1.20%   $  (13.4) million  $ 

(7.6) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$42.3 million   €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.21%   $ 

(6.8) million  $ 

(4.1) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$31.8 million  €  30.0 million 

3.25% 

1.29%   $ 

(5.1) million  $ 

(3.2) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  US$62.1 million  €  50.0 million 

3.25% 

1.16%   $ 

5.6 million  $ 

8.5 million 

October 1, 2026 

February 21, 2018

  US$49.4 million  €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.15%   $ 

3.6 million  $ 

6.2 million 

October 1, 2026 

February 22, 2018

 US$125.6 million  €  110.0 million 1-month LIBOR 

(0.29%)    

  US$74.2 million  €  65.0 million 1-month LIBOR 

(0.27%)    

  US$28.6 million  €  25.0 million 1-month LIBOR 

(0.27%)    

— 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.8 million 

June 5, 2020 

January 31, 2019

1.0 million 

June 5, 2020 

January 31, 2019

0.4 million 

June 5, 2020 

January 31, 2019

 US$125.0 million  €  110.0 million 

3.05% 

2.1%  $  (23.0) million 

  US$79.6 million  €  70.0 million 

3.05% 

2.1%  $  (14.8) million 

  US$68.0 million  €  60.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $  (12.3) million 

  US$45.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $ 

(8.4) million 

  US$45.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $ 

(8.3) million 

  US$45.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.05% 

2.0%  $  (8.2) million 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

June 1, 2030 

June 10, 2020

June 1, 2030 

June 10, 2020

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

June 1, 2030 

June 23, 2020

91

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at 
the reporting date was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 
Derivative instruments   

Impairment losses

The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

Under 31 days 
Between 31 and 90 days  
Greater than 90 days 

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31, 
2019

$ 

$ 

703.7 
922.8 
19.6 
9.6 

703.6
849.2
20.0
17.9

$ 

1,655.7 

$  

1,590.7

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31, 
2019

$ 

$ 

482.8 
289.5 
55.6 

827.9 

$ 

$ 

433.6
283.1
51.1

767.8

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at January 1 
Increase (decrease) during the year 

Balance at December 31  

  December 31,  
2020 

  December 31, 
2019

$ 

$ 

15.5 
2.6 

18.1 

$ 

$ 

18.1
(2.6)

15.5

The Company believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due.

92

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Liquidity risk

Exposure to liquidity risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 
impact of netting agreements:

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2020

Payments Due by Period

Carrying 
Amount

Carrying 
Amount

Contractual 
Cash Flows

0–6  
Months

6–12  
Months

1–2  
Years

2–5  
Years

More than  
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities   
  Secured bank loans 
$ 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured 144A 3.25%  

$ 

0.5 
4.3 

0.8 
52.1 

$ 

$ 

0.8 
52.1 

0.2 
— 

$ 

0.2 
50.2 

$ 

0.2 
1.9 

$ 

0.2 
— 

$  —
—

  private notes 

  Unsecured 144A 3.05%  

  private notes 
  Unsecured 3.864%  
  Series 1 Notes 

  Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated  

  bank term credit facility 
  Other long-term obligations 
  Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities 

  Interest on 144A  

  3.25% private notes 

  Interest on 144A  

  3.05% private notes 
  Interest on unsecured  

  3.864% Series 1 Notes 

  Interest on other  
long-term debt 

  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

643.1 

630.8 

636.3 

— 

754.8 

763.5 

298.4 

298.6 

300.0 

851.3 

(1.9) 

— 

475.3 
0.7 

204.8 
1.1 

* 

* 

— 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

204.9 
1.1 

6.9* 

113.7* 

212.4* 

81.5* 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
1.1 

1.6 

5.1 

9.7 

3.3 

* 
  1,035.6 

* 
  1,135.7 

0.6 
  1,135.7* 

0.3 
  1,135.7 

* 
146.2 

* 
153.4 

206.0* 
160.6 

2.4 
19.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

1.5 

10.4 

11.7 

5.7 

0.3 
— 

2.4 
20.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

204.9 
— 

1.9 

20.7 

23.3 

11.6 

— 
— 

17.6 
28.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

1.9 

62.0 

69.9 

34.8 

— 
— 

63.1 
45.7 

636.3

763.5

300.0

—

—
—

—

15.5

97.8

26.1

—
—

120.5
46.8

$  3,455.4 

$  3,230.2 

$  3,876.1 

$  1,178.9 

$  103.0 

$   310.1 

$  277.6 

$ 2,006.5

* 

 Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $12.4 million, accrued interest of $9.6 million on unsecured notes, unsecured 
bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $2.5 million on derivatives are reported in trade 
and other payables in 2020 (2019: $12.4 million, $8.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively).

93

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)  Currency risk 

Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:

U.S. 
Dollar 

  179.6 
  290.1 
  303.7 
  477.2 

  December 31, 2020 

 December 31, 2019

U.K. 
Pound  

21.9 
17.9 
32.8 
— 

Euro  

  131.6 
  118.0 
  161.6 
700.2 

U.S.  
Dollar  

  206.0 
  245.6 
  291.1 
  808.6 

U.K. 
Pound 

20.0 
24.7 
31.4 
60.3 

Euro

124.3
123.4
144.1
540.6

Cash and cash equivalents   
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 

Sensitivity analysis

A 5% weakening of the Canadian dollar, as indicated below, against the following currencies at December 31 would have 
increased (decreased) equity and income by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables; in 
particular, interest rates, remain constant. 

Euro  
U.S. dollar 
U.K. pound  

Equity 

Income Statement

2020 

(26.2) 
(27.9) 
6.2 

2019 

(22.9) 
(27.4) 
0.9 

2020 

0.2 
2.9 
0.2 

2019

1.0
6.4
0.1

A 5% strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the above currencies at December 31 would have had the equal but 
opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

(e)  Interest rate risk

An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates on the floating rate debt and cash equivalents as at the reporting date 
would decrease net earnings by $0.8 million (2019 – $6.7 million decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables; in 
particular, foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

94

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of 
financial position, are as follows:

Assets carried at fair value:
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Assets carried at amortized cost:
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities carried at fair value: 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost: 
Trade and other payables 
Unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes   
Unsecured 144A 3.05% private notes   
Unsecured 3.864% Series 1 Notes 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities  
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities   

 December 31, 2020 

 December 31, 2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount  

19.6 
9.6 

29.2 

922.8 
703.7 

1,626.5 

117.1 

117.1 

1,135.7 
630.8 
754.8 
298.6 
253.1 
3.9 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

19.6 
9.6 

29.2 

922.8 
703.7 

1,626.5 

117.1 

117.1 

1,135.7 
697.2 
829.7 
337.4 
253.1 
3.9 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount 

20.0 
17.9 

37.9 

849.2 
703.6 

1,552.8 

25.1 

25.1 

1,035.6 
643.1 
— 
298.4 
1,326.6 
5.5 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value

20.0
17.9

37.9

849.2
703.6

1,552.8

25.1

25.1

1,035.6
638.9
—
313.0
1,326.6
5.5
—

$ 

3,076.9 

$ 

3,257.0 

$ 

3,309.2 

$ 

3,319.6

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 3.

The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows for the unsecured notes are based on the government yield curve 
at the reporting date, plus an adequate credit spread.

95

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)  Fair value hierarchy

The table below summarizes the levels of hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities. 

The different levels have been defined as follows:

•  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•   Level 2: inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

December 31, 2020 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

December 31, 2019 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

19.6 
— 
— 
— 

19.6 

$ 

 $ 

— 
9.6 
(2,121.3) 
(117.1) 

$ 

(2,228.8) 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

19.6
9.6
(2,121.3)
(117.1)

$ 

(2,209.2)

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

20.0 
— 
— 
— 

20.0 

 $ 

$ 

— 
17.9 
(2,284.0) 
(25.1) 

$ 

(2,291.2) 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

20.0
17.9
(2,284.0)
(25.1)

$ 

(2,271.2)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The methods and assumptions used to measure the fair value are as follows:

The fair value of derivative financial instruments generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive 
to sell favourable contracts or pay to transfer unfavourable contracts, at the reporting date. The Company uses discounted 
cash flow analysis and market data such as interest rates, credit spreads and foreign exchange spot rates to estimate the fair 
value of forward agreements and interest-rate derivatives.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated using public quotations, when available, or discounted cash flow analysis based 
on the current corresponding borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

96

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 5.  F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•  credit risk;

•  liquidity risk; and

•  market risk.

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies 
and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Company’s management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures 
are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are 
reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Company, through its training 
and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which 
all employees understand their roles and obligations.

(a)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and it arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The Company has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Company’s payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Company’s review includes external ratings, 
where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represent the 
maximum open amount without requiring approval from senior management; these limits are reviewed quarterly. Customers 
that fail to meet the Company’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Company only on a prepayment basis.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet 
its obligations. These counterparties are large international financial institutions, and, to date, no such counterparty has failed 
to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2020, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arising from 
derivative financial instruments amounted to $9.6 million (2019 – $17.9 million).

(b)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company 
manages liquidity by monitoring expected cash flows and to ensure the availability of credit as much as possible, that it will 
always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The financial obligations of the Company include 
trade and other payables, long-term debt and other long-term items. The contractual maturity of trade payables is six months 
or less. Long-term debt includes instruments with varying maturities extending to 2030. The Company has the capacity to 
discharge its current liabilities from the continued cash flows from business operations and an additional $703.7 million of 
cash on hand and $1,522.9 million of available capacity within its syndicated bank credit facility at December 31, 2020. 

(c)  Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices, will 
affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management 
is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company uses derivatives to manage market risks. Generally, the Company seeks to apply hedge accounting in order 
to manage volatility in profit or loss. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

(i)  Currency risk

The Company operates internationally, giving rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The 
Company partially manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. 
Additionally, each subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the 
foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

In other cases, borrowings are done by non-Canadian-dollar-based subsidiaries in their own functional currencies such that 
the principal and interest are denominated in a currency that matches the cash flows generated by those subsidiaries. These 
provide natural hedges that do not require the application of hedge accounting.

97

2020 Annual Report(ii)  Interest rate risk

The Company is exposed to market risk related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the Company 
maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

(iii)   Commodity price risk

Polypropylene is the most significant input cost for the Innovia Segment. It is traded in the market, with prices linked to the 
market price of natural gas and refining capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to the volatility of polypropylene prices; therefore, movements must be managed and, where possible, passed 
along to the Segment’s customers. 

(d)  Capital management

The Company’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base throughout the economic cycle to maintain investor, creditor 
and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. This capital structure supports the Company’s 
objective to provide an attractive financial return to its shareholders equal to that of its leading specialty packaging peers.

The Company defines capital as average total equity and measures the return on capital (or return on equity) by dividing 
annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss and restructuring and other items by the average of the beginning and 
the end-of-year shareholders’ equity. In 2020, the return on capital was 17.8% (2019 – 17.8%).

Management and the Board maintain a balance between the expected higher return on capital that might be possible with a 
higher level of financial debt and the advantages and security afforded by a lower level of financial leverage. 

The Company has provided a growing level of dividends to its shareholders over the last few years, generally related to its 
growth in earnings. Dividends are declared bearing in mind the Company’s current earnings, cash flow and financial leverage.

 There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Company is subject to certain financial covenants on its unsecured syndicated bank credit facility. The Company monitors 
the ratios on a quarterly basis and, at December 31, 2020, was in compliance with all its covenants.

2 6.  C O M M I T M E N T S   A N D   C O N T I N G E N C I E S

(a)  Commitments 

As at December 31, 2020, the Company had uncollateralized surety bonds of $57.0 million (2019 – $71.3 million), primarily to 
the Brazilian Tax Authority in order to facilitate the appeal of tax reassessments. The Company intends to vigorously defend 
this claim, which the Company considers to be without merit, and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the 
matter. 

(b)  Contingencies

In the normal course of operations, the Company and its subsidiaries may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other 
claims, including environmental, labour, product, customer disputes and other matters.

During 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgement and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, CCL Secure 
Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling A$70.0 million ($63.8 million), finding a wrongful termination 
of  an  agency  agreement  with  Benoy  Berry  and  a  company  controlled  by  him,  Global  Secure  Currency  Ltd.  (collectively 
“Berry”), an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL appealed the judgement. As part of the appeals process, the Australian 
court of appeals mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgement in order to stay execution of the judgement 
pending resolution of the appeal. On appeal, the Australian court of appeals reduced the total damages awarded to Berry to 
A$4.8 million ($4.4 million) including interest and Berry’s estimated legal costs and awarded ISPL a portion of its appeal costs. 
Berry appealed the reduced award to the High Court of Australia. In the third quarter of 2020, the High Court of Australia 
issued a final judgement for Berry in the sum of approximately A$45.1 million ($43.0 million), including interest and legal 
costs. The final judgement was $8.6 million in excess of the previously recorded provision, which had been accrued as part 
of the 2017 Innovia acquisition for this matter and is reported in Restructuring and other items.

98

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Berry in 
Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated with 
ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision to the 
highest appeals court in Nigeria. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote substrate 
plant in Nigeria, and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or, in lieu thereof, grant an 
award of total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion ($2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the 
Company considers to be without merit, and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

Management believes that adequate provisions for legal claims have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although 
it is not always possible to accurately estimate the result or magnitude of legal claims due to the various uncertainties involved 
in the legal process, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such pending matters, individually and in the 
aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company, its business, financial position or liquidity.

2 7.   R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S

(a)  Beneficial ownership

The  directors  and  officers  of  CCL  Industries  Inc.  as  a  group  beneficially  own,  control,  or  direct,  directly  or  indirectly, 
approximately  11.2  million  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Class  A  voting  shares,  representing  94.8%  of  the  issued  and 
outstanding Class A voting shares.

(b)  Loan guarantees

The  Company  has  provided  various  loan  guarantees  for  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  totaling  $23.3  million  (2019  – 
$42.3 million).

2 8 .  K E Y   M A N AG E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L   C O M P E N SAT I O N

Short-term employee compensation and benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Post-employment benefits 

2 9.  AC C U M U L AT E D   OT H E R   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   LO S S

Unrealized foreign currency translation losses, net of tax recovery of  
  $5.2 million (2019 – tax recovery of $2.3 million) 
Gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges,  
  net of tax of $0.1 million (2019 – nil) 

2020 

9.6 
4.5 
0.7 

$ 

14.8 

$ 

2019

8.2
36.4
0.9

45.5

$ 

$ 

2020 

2019

$ 

(142.6) 

$ 

(89.3)

0.4 

—

$ 

(142.2) 

$ 

(89.3)

99

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 0.   R E S T R U C T U R I N G   A N D   OT H E R   I T E M S

Restructuring costs  
Acquisition costs  
Other items  

Total restructuring and other items 

2020 

18.4 
1.1 
8.1 

27.6 

$ 

$ 

2019

11.1
0.6
13.3

25.0

$ 

$ 

For the full year 2020, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $27.6 million ($20.8 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $18.4 million ($14.2 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
across the Company matching operational expenses to reduced economic activity resulting from the global CV19 pandemic.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.1 million ($1.1 million after tax) for the nine acquisitions closed in 2020.

•   Other expenses of $8.1 million ($5.5 million after tax), primarily related to the final judgement at the High Court of Australia 
for a pre-acquisition lawsuit against CCL Secure’s polymer banknote substrate business for wrongful termination in 2008 of 
an agency agreement in the amount of A$45.1 million ($43.0 million) including interest and legal costs. This final judgement 
was $8.6 million in excess of the amount accrued on the Innovia acquisition. 

For the full year 2019, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $25.0 million ($19.9 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $11.1 million ($9.3 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
for Innovia, Checkpoint’s European operations and similar expenses in the CCL Segment due to slowing demand in the 
fourth quarter.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totaled $0.6 million ($0.6 million after tax) for the six acquisitions closed in 2019.

•   Other expenses of $13.3 million ($10.0 million after tax), related to the settlement of a lawsuit attributable to policies 

employed by the pre-acquisition management of Checkpoint.

3 1 .   S U B S E Q U E N T   E V E N T

The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.21 per Class B non-voting share and $0.2075 per Class A voting share, 
which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 17, 2021, to be paid on March 31, 2021.

100

2020 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S I X   Y E A R   F I N A N C I A L   S U M M A R Y 

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except share and ratio data)

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015

$ 

5,242.3 

$ 

5,321.3 

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

3,974.7 

$ 

3,039.1

Sales and Net Earnings 
Sales 
Depreciation and  
  amortization 
Net finance cost  
Net earnings 
Basic net earnings  
  per Class B share 

$ 

364.4 
65.2 
529.71 

$ 

2.961 

$ 

Financial Position
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital⁷ 
Total assets 
Net debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
$ 
Net debt to equity ratio   
Net debt to total  
  book capitalization 

2,224.7 
1,262.0 
962.7 
7,336.7 
1,390.7 
3,282.2 
0.42 

329.6 
81.0 
477.12 

2.682 

2,105.0 
1,148.0 
957.0 
7,038.0 
1,716.2 
2.897.7 
0.59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

278.0 
80.7 
466.83 

2.643 

2,125.2 
1,346.9 
778.3 
7,027.6 
1,902.5 
2,673.1 
0.71 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

259.2 
75.2 
474.14 

2.704 

1,851.6 
1,299.7 
551.9 
6,144.0 
1,773.9 
2,157.9 
0.82 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

203.7 
37.9 
346.35 

1.985 

1,660.9 
907.0 
753.9 
4,678.8 
1,016.2 
1,775.2 
0.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

164.1
25.6
295.16 

1.706

1,229.9
912.8
317.1
3,582.3
599.8
1,621.9
0.37

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

29.8% 

37.2% 

41.6% 

45.1% 

36.4%  

27.0%

Number of Shares (000,000s) 
Class A – Dec. 31 
Class B – Dec. 31 
Weighted average  
  for the year 

11.8 
167.4 

178.7 

11.8 
166.8 

178.0 

11.8 
165.9 

176.8 

11.8 
165.0 

175.8 

11.8 
164.1 

175.2 

11.8
163.6

173.6

Cash Flow
Cash provided by 
  operations 
Additions to plant, 
  property and  
  equipment 
Business acquisitions 
Dividends 
Dividends per  
  Class B share 

$ 

882.9 

$ 

779.5 

$ 

772.7 

$ 

711.2 

$ 

564.0 

$ 

475.3

282.8 
161.4 
128.7 

345.6 
40.4 
121.1 

352.9 
365.9 
92.2 

285.7 
1,191.4 
81.2 

234.7 
571.5 
70.2 

172.2
356.7
52.3

$ 

0.72 

$ 

0.68 

$ 

0.52 

$ 

0.46 

$ 

0.40 

$ 

0.30

¹  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $27.6 million.
2  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $25.0 million.
3  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $14.8 million.
4  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $11.3 million. 
5  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $34.6 million. 
6  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $6.0 million.
7  Current assets less current liabilities.

101

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe

Asia Pacific

Günther Birkner
President, 
Food & Beverage, Healthcare & Specialty, 
CCL Secure and Innovia Films Worldwide

Jim Anzai
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries North Asia

Tokyo, Japan

Zurich, Switzerland

Derek Cumming
Group Vice President,  
CCL Design Worldwide

East Kilbride, Scotland

Scott Mitchell-Harris
Group Vice President, 
Checkpoint Europe & Asia Pacific, 
Apparel Labeling Solutions Worldwide

Barcelona, Spain

Lee Pretsell
Group Vice President, 
Healthcare & Specialty Worldwide

Dublin, Ireland 

Werner Ehrmann
Vice President, 
Technology Development

Holzkirchen, Germany

Mathias Maennel
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Design Europe

Solingen, Germany

Michael McGarry
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Healthcare Europe

Belfast, Northern  Ireland

Jamie Robinson
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Home & Personal Care Europe  
and Food & Beverage, U.K. 

Castleford, England

Dirk Seemann
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Innovia Films Europe & Asia Pacific

Wigton, England

Reinhard Streit
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Food & Beverage Europe

Völkermarkt, Austria

Da Gang Li
Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries Greater China

Shanghai, PR China

Kittipong Kulratanasinsuk
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Label ASEAN

Bangkok, Thailand

Daniel Choo Thian Chau
Managing Director, 
CCL Label  & Checkpoint Vietnam

Ho Chi Min City, Vietnam

Xiao Hong “Echo” Yu
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Label China

Hefei, PR China

Alex Zhu
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Design Greater China

Suzhou, PR China

Mark Gentle
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Checkpoint & Meto Australia,  
New Zealand & ASEAN

Melbourne, Australia

Neil Sanders
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Secure – Polymer Bank Notes

Melbourne, Australia

Latin America 

Luis Jocionis
Group Vice President,  
CCL Industries South America

Sao Paolo, Brazil

Ben Lilienthal
Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries Central America

Mexico City, Mexico

2 0 2 0   B U S I N E S S   L E A D E R S H I P

North America

Mark Cooper
President, 
Avery & METO Worldwide

Brea, California, USA

John Dargan
President,  
Checkpoint Worldwide

Thorofare, New Jersey, USA

Ben Rubino
President,  
Home & Personal Care Worldwide

Lumberton, New Jersey, USA

Stephan Finke
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Food & Beverage North America,  
Australia & New Zealand

Sonoma, California, USA

Eric Frantz
Group Vice President, 
Home & Personal Care 

Lumberton, New  Jersey, USA

Bill Goldsmith
Vice President Business Development, 
CCL Design North America

Schererville, Indiana, USA

Al Green
Vice President, 
Technology Development 

Clinton, South Carolina, USA

Andy Iseli
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Tube

Los Angeles, California, USA

Jon Knight
Vice President & General Manager, 
Innovia Films Americas

Winston-Salem, North Carolina, USA

Sandra Lane
Vice President, 
CCL Secure North America

Greensboro, North Carolina, USA

John O’Brien
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Label Canada

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Allison Phillips
Vice President,  
Strategic Business Development 
Avery North America 

Brea, California, USA

Patrick Thomas
Vice President & General Manager,

CCL Design North America

Strongsville, Ohio, USA

102

2020 Annual Report2 0 2 0   C O R P O R AT E  E X E C U T I V E S

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Suzana Furtado
Corporate Secretary

Kamal Kotecha
Vice President, Taxation

Mark McClendon
Vice President and 
General Counsel

James A. Sellors
Senior Vice President, 
CCL Industries Asia Pacific

Lalitha Vaidyanathan
Senior Vice President,  
Finance-IT- Human Resources,  
CCL Industries

Nick Vecchiarelli
Vice President, Corporate Accounting

Monika Vodermaier
Vice President,  
Corporate Finance  
Europe 

Sean P. Washchuk
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

B O A R D   O F  D I R E C T O R S

Linda A. Cash
Director since 2021

Corporate Director 
Michigan, U.S.A.

Vincent  J. Galifi
Director since 2016

Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer, 
Magna International Inc.  
Ontario, Canada

Alan D. Horn
Director since 2019

President and Chief Executive Officer,  
Rogers Telecommunications Limited 
Ontario, Canada

Kathleen L. Keller-Hobson
Director since 2015

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Donald G. Lang
Director since 1991

Executive Chairman, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Ontario, Canada

Erin M. Lang
Director since 2016

Managing Director, 
LUMAS Canada 
Ontario, Canada

Stuart W. Lang
Director since 1991

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director since 2005

President and CEO, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Douglas W. Muzyka
Director since 2016

Corporate Director 
Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Thomas C. Peddie
Director since 2003

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Mandy J. Shapansky
Director since 2014

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Susana Suarez-Gonzalez
Director since 2021

Executive Vice President and  
Chief Human Resources;  
Chief Diversity and Inclusion Officer 
International Flavors & Fragrances Inc. 
New York, U.S.A.

103

2020 Annual ReportS H A R E H O L D E R S ’   I N F O R M AT I O N

Auditors

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants

Legal Counsel

McMillan LLP

Transfer Agent 

AST Trust Company (Canada)
P.O. Box 700
Postal Station B
Montreal, QC H3B 3K3
Email: 
Investor Services:  (416) 682-3860 or (800) 387-0825
(888) 249-6189
Fax: 
www.astfinancial.com/ca-en
Website:   

inquiries@astfinancial.com

Financial Information

Institutional investors, analysts and registered representatives 
requiring additional information may contact:

Sean Washchuk
Senior Vice President and CFO
(416) 756-8526

Additional copies of this report can be obtained from:

Annual Meeting of Shareholders

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held on:
May 13, 2021 at 2:00 p.m.
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1

Class B Share Information

Stock Symbol CCL.B

Listed TSX 

Opening price 2020  
Closing price 2020 
Number of trades 
Trading volume (shares) 
Trading value 
Annual dividends declared 

Shares outstanding at December 31, 2020

Class A voting shares 
Class B non-voting shares 

$55.55
$57.79
550,802
89,361,788
$4,279,640,372
$0.72

11,835,737
167,380,075

CCL Industries Inc.
Investor Relations Department
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1
Tel:    
Fax:   
Email: 
Website:   

(416) 756-8500
(416) 756-8555
ccl@cclind.com
www.cclind.com

o

i

d
u
t
S

n
g

i

s
e
D

E
V
O
B
L
E
D

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

104

This report is printed on recyclable, acid-free and chlorine free paper. 
Printed in Canada. 

2020 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road, Suite 801  
Toronto, ON  M2H 3R1, Canada
Tel +1 (416) 756 8500

161 Worcester Road
Framingham, MA 01701, USA
Tel +1 (508) 872 4511

www.cclind.com